Industrial systems
enhancing productivity.
www.zest.co.za
High Technology in Manufacturing
Research and Development
Product Certifications
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
3
www.zest.co.za
Automation - Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear - Table of Contents
Contactors and Overload Relays
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview
Overview - Mini Contactors
Price List - Mini Contactors
Technical Data - Mini Contactors
Dimensions - Mini Contactors
Overview - Standard IEC Contactors
Price List - Standard IEC Contactors
Technical Data - Standard IEC Contactors
Dimensions - Standard IEC Contactors
Overview - Overload Relays
Price List - Overload Relays
Technical Data - Overload Relays
Dimensions - Overload Relays
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
007
011
016
029
032
033
037
058
066
073
074
078
079
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
089
093
107
120
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
127
129
133
134
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
141
143
149
150
153
155
156
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
159
162
163
164
167
174
175
174
177
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers
•
•
•
•
Overview
Price List
Technical Data
Dimensions
Enclosed and Open Starters
•
•
•
•
Overview - Enclosed Direct-on-line starters
Price List - Enclosed Direct-on-line starters
Technical Data - Enclosed Direct-on-line starters
Price List - Manufactured Enclosed Starters
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview - CSW Series
Price List - CSW Series
Overview - Accessories
Price List - Accessories
Overview - Assembled Units
Technical Data
Dimensions
Electronic Relays
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview - Electronic Relays
Functions - Electronic Relays
Characteristics - Electronic Relays
Price List - Electronic Relays
Overview - Monitoring Relays
Price List - Monitoring Relays
Overview - Applications
Accessories - Electronic Relays
Technical Data
Due to continuous product development, item product codes & descriptions may vary and
must be confirmed when placing orders.
4
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Automation - Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear - Table of Contents
Terminal Blocks
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview - BTWP Series
Technical Data - BTWP Series
Overview - BTWM Series
Technical Data - BTWM Seriess
Overview
Price List
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
181
186
193
194
202
203
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
219
224
232
235
236
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
241
244
247
248
249
251
252
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
253
255
258
259
260
261
262
267
268
270
273
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
...........................................................
277
279
280
281
284
289
298
...........................................................
317
Smart Relays
•
•
•
•
•
Overview
Technical Data
Price List
Technical Data
Dimensions
Miniature Circuit Breakers
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview - Miniature Circuit Breakers MDW
Price List - Miniature Circuit Breakers MDW
Technical Data - Miniature Circuit Breakers MDW
Price List - RDW Residual Current Circuit Breakers
Technical Data - RDW Residual Current Circuit Breakers
Price List - SIW Switch Disconnectors
Dimensions
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview - DWA Series
Price List - DWA Series
Overview - DWM Series
Price List - DWM Series
Overview - DWG Series
Price List - DWG Series
Price List - Accessories
Overview
Technical Data
Dimensions
Price List - ACW Series
Air Circuit Breakers ABW
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overview
Technical Data
Overview - Air Circuit Breakers ABW
Price List - Air Circuit Breakers ABW
Price List - Accessories
Technical Data
Dimensions
Fanox - Electronic Motor Protection
•
Price List
Due to continuous product development, item product codes & descriptions may vary and
must be confirmed when placing orders.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
5
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
Reference
3 poles
Rated operational power
CWC07
CWC09
CWC012
CWC016
CWC025
5.5 / 7.5
1)
220/230VAC
kW / hp
1.5 / 2
2.2 / 3
3/4
4/5
380VAC
kW / hp
3/4
4/5
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
400/415VAC
kW / hp
3/4
4/5
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
440VAC
kW / hp
3.7 / 5
4.5 / 6
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
500VAC
kW / hp
3.7 / 5
4.5 / 6
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
660/690VAC
kW / hp
3/4
4/5
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
Rated operational
current Ie AC-3 (Ue ! 440V) A
7
9
12
16
22
Conventional thermal
current Ith = Ie AC-1
18
20
22
22
32
2.8
3.5
4.5
5
9
0.28. . .0.4
0.4. . .0.63
0.56. . .0.8
0.8. . .1.2
1.2. . .1.8
1.8. . .2.8
2.8. . .4
4. . .6.3
5.6. . .8
7. . .10
8. . .12.5
10. . .15
11. . .17
A
Rated operational
current Ie AC-4 (Ue ! 440V) A
RW17-1D
Overload relay
Auxiliary contact blocks
A
RW17-2D
BFC0-20 (2NO)
BFC0-22 (2NO + 2NC)
BFC0-11 (1NO + 1NC)
BFC0-04 (4NC)
BFC0-02 (2NC)
BFC0-31 (2NO + 1NC)
BFC0-40 (4NO)
BFC0-13 (1NO + 3NC)
7…10
8…12.5
10…15
11…17
15…23
22…32
BFC025-11 (1NO+1NC)
BFC025-20 ( 2NO)
BFC025-02 (2NC)
BFC025-22 (NO+2NC)
_
Mechanical interlock
BICO
Timer
ON-Delay (TECO)
OFF-Delay (TDCO)
Star-Delta (TETCO)
Surge suppressor
RC block:
RCC0-1 D49 12-24V 50/60Hz
RCC0-2 D53 24-48V 50/60Hz
RCC0-3 D55 50-127V 50/60Hz
RCC0-4 D63 130-250V 50/60Hz
RCC0-5 D84 275-380V 50/60Hz
RCC0-6 D73 400-510V 50/60Hz
Varistor block:
VRC0-1 E01 12-48V 50/60Hz / 12-60VDC
VRC0-2 E34 50-127V 50/60Hz / 60-180VDC
VRC0-3 E50 130-250V 50/60Hz / 180-300VDC
VRC0-4 E41 277-380V 50/60Hz / 300-510VDC
VRC0-5 D73 400-510V 50/60Hz
Diode block3):
DIC0-1 C33 12-600VDC
Notes:
1.
3.
Specifications valid only for 50/60Hz three phase, 4 poles WEG standard motors. These values are only for reference and may change on the
number of poles and motor design;
Only available for CWC07 to 16.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
7
Overview
www.zest.co.za
CWM9
CWM12
CWM18
CWM25
CWM32
CWM40
CWM65
CWM80
CWM95
CWM105
2.2 / 3
3/4
4.5 / 6
5.5 / 7.5
9.2 / 12.5
11 / 15
15 / 20
18.5 / 25
22 / 30
22 / 30
30 / 40
4/5
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
15 / 20
18.5 / 25
22 / 30
30 / 40
37 / 50
45 / 60
55 / 75
4/5
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
15 / 20
18.5 / 25
22 / 30
30 / 40
45 / 60
55 / 75
55 / 75
4.5 / 6
5.5 / 7.5
9.2 / 12.5
11 / 15
15 / 20
22 / 30
30 / 40
37 / 50
45 / 60
55 / 75
55 / 75
4.5 / 6
5.5 / 7.5
9.2 / 12.5
11 / 15
15 / 20
22 / 30
30 / 40
37 / 50
45 / 60
55 / 75
55 / 75
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
11 / 15
11 / 15
18.5 / 25
22 / 30
30 / 40
37 / 50
45 / 60
55 / 75
55 / 75
9
12
18
25
32
40
50
65
80
95
105
25
25
32
45
60
60
90
110
110
140
140
5
7
8
12
16
18.5
23
30
37
44
50
RW27-1D
0.28. . .0.4
0.4. . .0.63
0.56. . .0.8
0.8. . .1.2
1.2. . .1.8
1.8. . .2.8
2.8. . .4
4. . .6.3
5.6. . .8
7. . .10
8. . .12.5
10. . .15
11. . .17
15…23
22…32
RW67-1D
25...40
32...50
Electrical and mechanical interlock;
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
40...57
50...63
57...70
63...80
BCXML 11 (1NO+1NC)
BCXML 20 (2NO)
BCXMRL 11 (1NO+1NC)
BCXMRL 20 (2NO)
BLIM9-105
BLIM.02 2)
Notes:
2.
RW117-1D
RW67-2D
BCXMF10 (1NO)
BCXMF01 (1NC)
BCXMFA10 (1NC)
BCXMFR01 (1NC)
8
CWM50
E&OE
63...80
75...97
90...112
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Reference
3 Poles
CWM112 1)
CWM150 3)
CWM180 1)
CWM250 1)
CWM300 3)
220/230VAC
kW / hp
30 / 40
45 / 60
55 / 75
75 / 100
90 / 125
380VAC
kW / hp
55 / 75
75 / 100
90 / 125
132 / 175
150 / 200
400/415VAC
kW / hp
55 / 75
75 / 100
90 / 125
132 / 175
160 / 220
440VAC
kW / hp
55 / 75
90 / 125
110 / 150
150 / 200
185 / 250
500VAC
kW / hp
55 / 75
90 / 125
110 / 150
160 / 220
200 / 270
660/690VAC
kW / hp
75 / 100
110 / 150
110 / 150
160 / 220
200 / 270
112
150
180
250
300
180
225
225
350
410
63
69
73
110
145
Rated operational power 4)
Rated operational
current Ie AC-3 (Ue !"440V)
A
Conventional thermal
current Ith = Ie, AC-1
A
Rated operational
current Ie AC-4 (Ue ! 440V)
A
RW317-1D
RW117-2D
Overload relays
100...150
140...215
200...310
275...420
75...97
90...112
A
BCXML11 (1NO+1NC)
BCXML20 (2NO)
BCXMRL11 (1NO+1NC)
BCXMRL20 (2NO)
Auxiliary contact blocks
Mechanical interlock
Surge suppressor 2)
BLIM112-300
RC block:
BAMRC13 D53 24-48V
50/60Hz
BAMRC14 D56 50-250V
50/60Hz
Varistor block:
BAMV3 D68 270-380V
50/60Hz
BAMV4 D73 400-510V
50/60Hz
RC block:
BAMRC13 D53 24-48V 50/60Hz
BAMRC14 D56 50-250V 50/60Hz
Varistor block:
BAMV3 D68 270-380V 50/60Hz
BAMV4 D73 400-510V 50/60Hz
Notes:
1.
Available with AC coil or with electronic module - AC/DC;
2.
Only applicable for contactors without electronic module;
3.
Only with electronic module;
4.
Specifications valid only for 50/60Hz three phase, 4 poles WEG standard motors. These values are only for reference and may change on the number of poles and
motor design.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
9
Overview
www.zest.co.za
CWME400 3)
CWME630 3)
CWME800 3)
125 / 150
190 / 250
220 / 300
220 / 300
330 / 450
440 / 600
220 / 300
330 / 450
440 / 600
220 / 300
330 / 450
440 / 600
220 / 300
330 / 450
500 / 700
250 / 330
330 / 450
500 / 700
400
630
800
450
660
900
300
400
630
RW407-1D
400…600
560…840
BCXML11 CWME800 (1NO+1NC)
BCXMRL11 CWME800 (1NO+1NC)
BLIM CWME800
BLIM CWME400
Notes:
1.
Available with AC coil or with electronic module - AC/DC;
2.
Only applicable for contactors without electronic module;
3.
Only with electronic module;
4.
Specifications valid only for 50/60Hz three phase, 4 poles WEG standard motors. These values are only for reference and may change on the number of poles and
motor design.
10
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
WEG‘s new generation of miniature contactors has arrived.
Introducing the new technologically advanced CWC Series,
manufactured by WEG‘s Controls and Switchgear Division.
More KiloWatts in a Smaller Frame
The CWC Series miniature contactor features
more kilowatts for its size than any other
miniature contactor on the market. The CWC’s
compact dimensions for its current rating, up to
22A, AC-3 utilization category, allows it to take
up less space inside electrical enclosures while
still maintaining a powerful 15 kW @ 460V.
Dimensions from 7A to 16A remain the same
whether the coil voltage is AC or DC making
panel design and assembly easier. DC models
feature low consumption coils allowing the
CWC to be operated directly from a PLC
without interface relays.
Features
!
!
The following configurations are available “offthe-shelf.”
!
!
!
!
3 Pole Normally Open Power Contacts
with one built-in Auxiliary Contact (Either
Normally Open or Normally Closed)
!
!
3 Pole Normally Open Reversing Contactors
rated AC-4 Utilization Category
4 Pole Power Contacts (four Normally Open,
or two Normally Open and two Normally
Closed)
!
!
Control Relay (multiple auxiliary contacts
configurations)
Rated up to 15 kW @ 460V
Direct mounting to the WEG
RW17D overload relay with no accessory and
MPW16 & MPW25 manual motor protectors
with ECCMP-C0 accessory
Frame size remains the same for AC and DC
coil contactors up to 16A
Heavy-duty operation
Tool-free DIN rail mounting
Complete line of snap-on accessories
Certifications
An extensive lineup of modular and tool-free accessories makes the CWC Series the most flexible and easy-to-use miniature contactor available today.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
11
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
Defined by IEC60947 -4-1 (Annex F) it is a
limited feature related to an auxiliary contact
normally closed (N.C.) form, which is used to
mirror the status of all mechanically linked main
contact normally open (N.O.) form. Thus,
Control Relays can never feature a mirror
contact since it has no main contact to be
mechanically linked to.
Mirror Contacts for Safety-Related
Applications
The increased demand for reliable and safety –
related circuits for personnel protection has
considerably increased within the last two
decades. Not only the standards for personnel
protection are leading this evolution on high
level of system availability, but also the financial
aspects of critical operation downtime events.
The indication of this feature is observed when
any of the main normally open (N.O.) contact is
welded. The auxiliary normally closed (N.C.)
contact will not be closed under any possibility
providing a clear status of main switching
elements.
Although there are significant differences
between Mechanically Linked Contact
Element(s) described on Annex L of IEC609475-1 and Mirror Contacts described on Annex F
of IEC60947 -4-1, those differences do not
prevent a given auxiliary contact to comply with
both requirements.
Mirror Contacts are used where it is essential
to rely on switch position of auxiliary contacts
and it’s linked main contacts. A typical
application for mirror contacts is to implement
very reliable monitoring of switched state of a
contactor in machine control circuits. It is
prudent to emphasize that it is not
recommended to rely exclusively on mirror
contacts as a safety device, and it
recommends self -monitoring of the mirror
contact circuit.
The following paragraphs will describe key
aspects of above Annex and its difference in
order to help engineers to select an
appropriate device for each application. WEG
has incorporated the Mirror Contact feature on
all contactors and standard auxiliary contact
blocks extending this safety feature to all
standard applications. See table at following
page.
Note: Both contact configurations have previously been referred to as forced
Mechnicaly Linked Auxiliary Contact
Elements:
Defined by IEC60947 -5-1 (Annex L) it is a
combination of "n" Make contact element(s) and
"m" Break contact element (s) designed in such
way that they cannot be in closed position
simultaneously.
contacts, positive activated contacts or linked contacts.
• While any of the "n" Make contact element(s)
is closed, none of the "m" Break contact
elements(s) shall be closed;
• While any of the "m" Break contact element(s)
is closed, none of the "n" Make contact
elements(s) shall be closed.
Mirror Contacts:
So, if you export your motor control panels
12
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
Mirror Contacts for Safety-Related Applications
AC and DC coil
contactors
Integrated auxiliary
break contact element
to main contacts
Mirror Contacts
acc. to IEC60947-4-1
(Annex F)
Additional auxiliary
break contact blocks to
main contacts
Mirror Contacts
acc. to IEC60947-4-1
(Annex F)
CWC07-10 to
CWC016-10
No auxiliary break
contact
NO
BFC0-11; BFC0-02;
BFC0-22; BFC0-04;
BFC0-31; BFC0-13
YES
CWC07-01 to
CWC016-01
Built-in
YES
BFC0-11; BFC0-02;
BFC0-22; BFC0-04;
BFC0-31; BFC0-13
YES
CWCI07-10 to
CWCI016-10
No auxiliary break
contact
NO
BFC0-11; BFC0-02;
BFC0-22; BFC0-04;
BFC0-31; BFC0-13
YES
YES
BFC0-11; BFC0-02;
BFC0-22; BFC0-04;
BFC0-31; BFC0-13
YES
CWCI07-01 to
CWCI016-01
CWCI07-01 to
CWCI016-01
Built-in
CWC07-00-40 to
CWC016-00-40
No auxiliary break
contact
NO
BFC4-11; BFC4-02;
BFC4-22; BFC4-04;
BFC4-31; BFC4-13
YES
CWCA0
No main contacts
NO
No main contacts
NO
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
13
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
The CWC0 mini contactors have a compact design and are offered as a complete solution for switching and controlling
motors.
Main Features
!"" "AC-3 operation up to 22A
!"" "AC and DC mini contactors with the same frame size of series up to 16A
!"" "Rated insulation voltage 690V
!"" "Significantly less consumption and heat dissipation, allowing PLC direct
operation without coupling relay
!"" "Wide range of accessories, compact and fast mounting
14
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
10
8
8
1
4
11
4
3
2
9
3
1
3
2
4
12
5
5
14
13
6
1
1
7
12345678-
Mini contactors CWC07...16
Auxiliary frontal contact block BFC0
Mechanical interlock block BIC0
Surge supressor blocks RCC0 (RC), VRC0 (Varistor),
DIC0 (Diode)
Motor protective circuit breaker MPW25
Connector ECCMP-C0 (MPW25 + CWC07...16)
Overload Relay RW17-1D
Electronic timers TEC0, TDC0 and TETC0
10
7
15
9 - Block module for printed circuit board CIC0
10 - Mini contactor CWC025
11 - Auxiliary frontal contact block BFC025
12 - Motor protective circuit breaker MPW16
13 - Connector ECCMP-C025 (MPW25 + CWC025)
14 - Connector ECCMP-C016 (MPW16 + CWC07...16)
15 - Overload Relay RW17-2D
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
15
Price List
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors - Accessories
Functions
On-Delay TEC0
Off-Delay TDC0
Start-Delta TETC0
Functional
Diagram
Led On
Led Off
Diagrams
Printed circuit board link module
For use with
CWC07...16
CWCA0
Description
- Direct mounting on the terminals
- Allows direct mounting on printed circuit board
- Same current capacity (up to 16A in AC-3 and 22A in AC-1)
Type
Stock
Code
CIC0
10075988
Price
(Rand)
71.00
Reversing wiring kits for mini contactors CWC07 to CWC016
Rated
operational
current Ie
AC - 3
(Ue ≤ 440V)
A
Max. rated operational power of three-phase motors
Mini
50/60 Hz
contactors
220V
230V
kW /hp
380V
kW /
hp
400V
415V
kW /
hp
440V
kW /
hp
500V
kW /
hp
660V
690V
kW /
hp
K1 = K2
CWC07
7
1.5 / 2
3/4
3/4
3.7 / 5
3.7 / 5
3/4
9
2.2 / 3
4/5
4/5
4.5 / 6
4.5 / 6
4/5
CWC09
12
3/4
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
CWC012
16
4/5
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
CWC016
Type
Stock
Code
ECC0-R
10047150
Type
Stock
Code
ECC0-SD
10047151
Price
(Rand)
191.40
Star-delta wiring kits for mini contactors CWC07 to CWC016
Rated
Max. rated operational power of three-phase
operational
motors 50/60 Hz
Mini contactors
current Ie
AC - 3
220-230V
400-415V
660-690V
(Ue ≤ 440V)
kW / hp
kW / hp
kW / hp
K1 = K2
K3
A
28
12
3.7 / 5
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
CWC07
18
3.7 / 5
7.5 / 10
9.2 / 12.5
CWC012
25
5.5 / 7.5
11 / 15
15 / 20
CWC016
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
CWC07
CWC09
Price
(Rand)
214.50
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
Reference Code
CWC07
CWC09
CWC012
Standards
Rated insulation voltage Ui
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660
UL. CSA
CWC016
CWC025
CWCA0
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660. UL. CSA
690V
600V
Rated impuse withstand voltage Uimp
4kV
Rated operational frequency
Degree of protection
Main circuits
Control circuits and auxiliary contacts
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
25 - 400 Hz
-25oC to +55oC
-55oC to +80oC
Altitude
Normal values
90 % Ie / 80 % Ue
80 % Ie / 75 % Ue
to 3000 m
3000 to 4000 m
4000 to 5000 m
IP20
IP20
Overvoltage category / Pollution degree
Pole number of main circuits
III / 3
Rated operational voltage Ue
3
4
690V
690 V
Conv. thermal current Ith
at < 55oC rated operational current Ie / AC-1
18A
20A
22A
22A
32A
10A
Rated operational current Ie AC-4 (Ue ≤ 440V)
2.8A
3.5A
4.5A
5A
9A
-
1.5 / 2
3/4
3/4
3.7 / 5
3.7 / 5
3/4
2.2 / 3
4/5
4.5 / 6
4.5 / 6
4.5 / 6
4/5
3/4
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
5 / 7.5
4/5
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
7.5 / 10
20
20
25
25
5.5 / 7.5
11 / 15
11 / 15
11 / 15
11 / 15
11 / 15
2
35
4
10
AC-3 Utilization Category
Rated operational power
220/230 V
kW / hp
380 V
kW / hp
400/415 V
kW / hp
440 V
kW / hp
500 V
kW / hp
660/690 V
kW / hp
Maximum numbers of auxiliary contacts
Short circuit rating max. fuse gL-gG 1)
(A)
Maximum electrical operations per hour
AC-1
AC-3
AC-4
no load
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops/h
5
Mechanical lifespan
Ops x 106
Electrical lifespan (AC-3)
Ops x 106
300
600
300
2500
2500
3
10
1.4
1.3
10
1.2
1.1
0.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
10
6
5
4
6
4
2
0.7
min = 17V
min = 5mA
Rated operational current Ie
220-230 V
380-400 V
415 V
500 V
24 V
48 V
110 V
220 V
AC-15
DC-13
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Control circuit reliability
-
Terminal capacity
Tightening torque
1 or 2 x (0.5...2.5)
1 or 2 x (1...2.5)
1 or 2 x (2.5...6.0)
1 or 2 x (0.5...2.5)
1...1.5
1.8
1...1.5
CWC025
CWCA0
N.m
Control circuit
Reference Code
CWC07
Pick-up
AC
Coil consumption
VA
Cos #
Sealing
VA
Cos #
DC - Standard consumption
Operation time
W
CWC09
CWC012
67
35
0.85
0.93
0.85
2.3...3.5
7.6...11.6
2.3...3.5
0.28
0.32
2.6...3.7
-
0.28
2.6...3.7
DC - Low consumption
W
1.7...2.7
Closing / Opening (AC)
ms
8...20 / 6...13
Closing / Opening (DC)
ms
35...45 / 7...12
-
35...45 / 7...12
V
12-660VAC / 12-440VDC
12-660VAC
12-660VAC / 12-440VDC
Coils rated voltage
Coil operational limits
Bifrequency coils
CWC016
35
13...16 / 13.5...17
1.7...2.7
8...20 / 6...13
0.85...1.1
Pick-up
xUs
0.5...0.8
Drop-out
xUs
0.2...0.6
Note: 1) Type 2 coordenation.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
29
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
Auxiliary contact block BFC
Terminal capacity
Number of conductors and Cross section
(min. and max.)
Tightening torque
Conventional thermal current (lth)
Rated operational current (Ie) AC - 15
Rated operational current (Ie) DC - 13
Flexible without cable lug (mm2)
Flexible without cable lug (mm2)
AWG Cables
Nm
A
2x (0.5...2.5)
2x (0.75...1.5)
(12...22)
08...1.5
10
6/4(220/240V), 3/2(380/440V), 2(500V)
1.5(24V), 0.5(60V), 0.2(220-240V)
A
Timing Relay
Rated insulation voltage (Ui )
V
Supply voltage (Ue )
1–2
terminals
Control Voltage (Uc )
only TDC0 - pg 18
2 – B1
terminals
300
24...240 VDC/VAC 50/60 Hz (TEC0)
24...60 VDC/VAC 50/60 Hz (TDC0)
100...240 VDC/VAC 50/60 Hz (TDC0)
220-240 VAC 50/60Hz (TETC0)
110-130 VAC 50/60Hz (TETC0)
24-28 VAC 50/60Hz (TETC0)
24...60 VDC/VAC 50/60 Hz (TDC0)
100...240 VDC/VAC 50/60 Hz (TDC0)
0.85...1.1 x Uc (VAC)
0.8...1.25 x Uc (VDC)
≤5
650
50
+/-5
+/-1
50
Voltage operational limits
Consumption
Minimum time for Reset (Recovery time)
Minimum control time (only TDC0)
Setting accuracy (% of the full scale value)
Repeat Accuracy
Changeover time Y - ∆
mA
ms
ms
%
%
ms
Operation description of latch block RMC0 or mini contactors CWCH0
Latch mini
contator
K1
“RESET”
mini contator
K2
Latch mini
contator
K1
“RESET”
mini contator
K2
or
CWCH07...16
2 x CWC07...16 / CWCA0 + RMC0
Functional diagram
V
A1
K1
A2
!"#$%&'()*&'&)$+'#"$#+,)-.)
/#"#01)+2)34)$+'#"$#1
5"06&7&",8)"'9:+,);+<=,> Open
Time
?&'&*0*)#&*=)#+)='10,=)*=$%"'&$"7)
7"#$%)@).AA)*1
Closed
Open
Time
E1/A1
K2
Time
?&'&*0*)#&*=)#+)='10,=)
*=$%"'&$"7)0'7"#$%)@).AA)*1
E2/A2
- After a minimum pulse of 100ms on mini contactor coil (K1), the RMC0 will keep K1 contacts switched on;
-The mini contactor K1 will only return to rest position after mini contactor coil (K2) be energized by a releasing pulse;
-The mechanical latch will always and only happen on mini contactor (K1)
Note: If RESET mini contactor coil (K2) remains energized, the latching of mini contactor (K1) is not enabled.
30
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
Electrical Lifespan
AC-3 (Ue ! 440VAC)
7
1
CWC025
CWC016
CWC012
0.1
CWC09
1
CWC07
Number of operation (106)
10
9 10 12 16
22
100
Rated operational current Ie (A)
AC-4 (Ue ! 440VAC)
10
32
41
54
72
CWC025
CWC016
CWC012
0.1
CWC09
0.1
CWC07
Number of operation (106)
1
100 112
200
Breaking current Ic (A)
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
31
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Mini contactors
CWC07 up to 16 and CWCA0 - (AC and DC coil)
9
45
45
58
6666
TDC0
TEC0
TETC0
61
61
91
91
VRC0
RCC0
DIC0
TDC0
TEC0
TETC0
85
85
52
7
58
61
61
!"#$%&"'
()**
CWC
CWC0
58
66
7
52
52
BFC0
BFC0
RMC0 and BIC0
RMC0
e BIC0
CWC0
7...16
CWC
CIC0
CWC025
82,6
45
45
82,6
9
9
56
56
58
DIN RAIL
35mm
58
TDC0
TDC0
TEC0
TEC0
TETC0
TETC0
BFC025
CWC025
Mounting position of all mini contactors
30°
30°
360°
32
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Controls
Standard IEC Contactors
The CWM general-purpose contactor line has been designed taking into consideration industrial duty and reliability in
mind.
Rated for inductive loads up to 800A or 600Hp@460V, WEG can offer the suitable contactor for your application.
Given their compact footprints, CWM contactors allow total panel space optimization, with only a few compact frame
sizes from 5 to 600kW@460V. Reducing inventory is a “snap” with CWM’s common accessories. For example, sidemounted auxiliary contact blocks are the same from 5 to 250 kW@460V..
Designed for extended mechanical and electrical life, dependable switching in even the most heavy-duty applications
can be achieved. No matter how demanding the application, all WEG contactors are tested and approved to be used
under Type 1 and Type 2 short circuit coordination.
Ensuring global acceptance, all components conform to UL508, CSA C.22.2, IEC60947 and CE.
All contactors are manufactured to assure the highest quality manufacturing processes and component materials. This
way, WEG offers reliable solutions for low-voltage applications in electric panel assemblers, OEMs, distributors and end
users.
Certifications
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
33
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Controls
Standard IEC Contactors
The Flexible Line
from 5 to 75kW
The 5 to 75kW @
460V range is
differentiated by five
frame sizes and only
4 varying widths, with
the choice of either
screw or DIN rail
mounting. WEG offers
one of the most
compact 75kW @
460V contactors in
the market.
Accessories
All WEG contactor
accessories are
common for the
range of 5 to 75kW @
460V.
Our mechanical
interlock is even
suitable between two
contactors of
different size, for
special applications
such as automatic
switching in
emergency systems.
WEG contactors have
one built-in auxiliary
contact up to 10kW
@ 460V and front
and/or side
mountable auxiliary
contact blocks.
The Tough Line
from 100 to 600kW
With reliability as our
goal, WEG contactors
are modern and very
compact, but they are
also one of the most
rugged line of
contactors in the
range from 100 to
600kW, assuring an
extended life under
the most challenging
conditions of today’s
industry.
34
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Accessories
Side mounted
auxiliary contacts
blocks are common
for all CWM
contactors, from 5 to
250kW @ 460V.
Coils
WEG Contactor AC
coils have 4 terminals
up to 30kW @ 460V,
which allows an easy
connection no matter
the complexity of the
application and
wiring.
The state-of-the-art
DC coil contactors
from 9A up to 25A are
true DC voltage coil
contactors. From 32A
up to 105A the
contactors are
equipped with an
electronic circuit that
provides an
unmatched space
saving solution,
making the 50A
through 105A
contactors depth the
same size.
Electronic Module
From 100 to 600kW
@ 460V, WEG offers
contactors with
electronic module for
AC/DC Coil
Applications. Such
coils provide a
smoother switching,
therefiore enhancing
contactor‘s
performance. Built-in
surge suppressor is
also standard.
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Controls
Standard IEC Contactors
Mirror Contacts:
Defined by IEC60947 -4-1 (Annex F) it is a
limited feature related to an auxiliary contact
normally closed (N.C.) form, which is used to
mirror the status of all mechanically linked
main contact normally open (N.O.) form .
Thus, Control Relays can never feature a
mirror contact since it has no main contact to
be mechanically linked to.
MIRROR CONTACTS FOR SAFETYRELATED APPLICATIONS
The increase demand for reliable and safety
–related circuits for personnel protection has
considerably increased within the last two
decades. Not only standards for personnel
protection are leading this evolution on high
level of system availability, but also the
financial aspects of critical operation
downtime events.
The indication of this feature is observed
when any of the main normally open (N.O.)
contact is welded. The auxiliary normally
closed (N.C.) contact will not be closed under
any possibility providing a clear status of main
switching elements.
Although there are significant differences
between Mechanically Linked Contact
Element(s) described on Annex L of
IEC60947-5-1 and Mirror Contacts
described on Annex F of IEC60947 -4-1,
those differences do not prevent a given
auxiliary contact to comply with both
requirements.
Mirror Contacts are used where it is essential
to rely on switch position of auxiliary contacts
and it’s linked main contacts. A typical
application for mirror contacts is to implement
very reliable monitoring of switched state of a
contactor in machine control circuits. It is
prudent to emphasize that it is not
recommended to rely exclusively on mirror
contacts as a safety device, and it
recommends self -monitoring of the mirror
contact circuit.
The following paragraphs will describe key
aspects of above Annex and its difference in
order to help engineers to select an
appropriate device for each application.
WEG has incorporated the Mirror Contact
feature on all contactors and standard
auxiliary contact blocks extending this safety
feature to all standard applications. See
table at the following page.
Note: Both contact configurations have previously been referred to
Mechnicaly Linked Auxiliary Contact
Elements:
Defined by IEC60947 -5-1 (Annex L) it is a
combination of "n" Make contact element(s)
and "m" Break contact element (s) designed
in such way that they cannot be in closed
position simultaneously.
as forced contacts, positive activated contacts or linked contacts.
• While any of the "n" Make contact
element(s) is closed, none of the "m" Break
contact elements(s) shall be closed;
• While any of the "m" Break contact
element(s) is closed, none of the "n" Make
contact elements(s) shall be closed.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
35
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Controls
Standard IEC Contactors
Mirror Contacts for Safety-related Applications
Mirror Contacts
acc. to IEC60947-4-1
(Annex F)
Additional auxiliary
break contact blocks to
main contacts
Mirror Contacts
acc. to IEC609474-1
(Annex F)
No auxiliary break
contact
NO
BCXMF01;
BCXML01;
BCXML11
YES
CWM9-01 to
CWM18-01
Built-in
YES
BCXMF01;
BCXML01;
BCXML11
YES
CWM25-00 to
CWM105-00
No auxiliary break
contact
NO
BCXMF01;
BCXML01;
BCXML11
YES
CWM25-11 to
CWM105-11
Front Mountable
1xBCXMF01
YES
BCXMF01;
BCXML01;
BCXML11
YES
CWM112-22 to
CWM300-22
Side* Mountable
2xBCXML11
YES
BCXMRL11
YES
AC and DC coil
contactors
Integrated auxiliary break
contact element to main contacts
CWM9-10 to
CWM18-10
Standard Features
! General purpose motor applications
! Fractional power through 600kW @ 460V
! Compact frame sizes
! Panel mountable or 35mm DIN rail up to 75kW @ 460V
! Built-in auxiliary contacts up to 10kW @ 460V
! Front and side mountable auxiliary contact blocks
! Finger-touch protection IP20
! Wide coil voltage selection AC or DC
! AC/DC coils with electronic modules available from 100HP and up
! Replaceable main contacts for entire line
Certifications
Conformity to Standards
! UL508
! CSA C22.2 No 14
! IEC60947-1; IEC60947-4-1
36
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
Applications
! Pumps
! Blowers
! Cranes
! Agitators
! Machine tools
! Pressing machines
! Cutting and sawing machines
! Material handling equipment
! Kneading and mixing machines
! By-pass / isolation
! Elevator
Approvalas
cULus Listed
! CE marked
!!!Bureau Veritas
!
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
CWMC contactor for capacitor switching (AC-6b)
AC COIL
CWMC25
CWMC32
CWMC50
CWMC65
220 - 230 V
10
15
25
30
380 - 415 V
15
25
40
50
20
30
45
60
480 V
22
32
50
65
660 - 690 V
25
40
65
87
AC-6b Current (Ie)
(55°C)
27
39
66
79
Thermal Current (Ith)
(55°C)
45
60
90
110
AC-6b Current (Ie)
(70°C)
15
27
46
55
50
63
100
125
mm2
2 x 10
16 + 16
35 + 35
35 + 35
AWG
2x7
6+6
2+2
2+2
N.m
1.6 ... 3
2.5 ... 4
4 ... 6
4 ... 6
1
3
Ops x 103
100
100
100
100
Dimensions (width/heigth/depth)
mm
45/116/114
55/127/125
66/145/185
66/145/185
Coil consumption (AC) Pick-up/Sealing
VA
75/9.3
123/12.5
308/25
308/25
Weight
kg
0.619
0.670
1.370
1.389
Reactive Power
440 V
AC-6b @ 55oC
kVAr
A
Max Fuse (gL/gG)
Cable cross section
Tightening torque
Max. operation per hour
ops/h.
120
Max. Number of Auxiliary contacts
Electrical Lifespan
5
- One auxiliary contact 1NO included in CWMC contactors;
- Examples of reference code: - CWMC25-10-30$ ; - CWMC32-10-30$ ; - CWMC50-10-30$ ; - CWMC-65-10-30$ .
Diagram
L1
L2
L3
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
51
Price List
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Contactors - Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks for CWM9 to CWME800
! Terminal markings to EN 50 005 and EN 50 012
! Positive driven contacts in accordance with IEC/EN 60947-4-1 resp. IEC/EN60947-5-1
Illustrative picture
Auxiliary
For use
Max. number of
contacts
with
contacts/ contactor NO
NC
Terminal
markings Reference Code
Stock
Code
Price
(Rands)
1
0
BCXMF10
10356473
25.30
0
1
BCXMF01
10356494
25.30
4 / CWM9...25
11)
0
BCXMFA10
10186059
39.20
6 / CWM32...40
0
12)
BCXMFR01
10045713
39.20
2
0
BCXML20
10045714
69.30
1
1
BCXML11
10459053
69.30
2
0
BCXMRL20 3)
10186060
78.30
1
1
BCXMRL11 3)
10045715
78.30
BCXML11 CWME800
10459053
69.30
BCXML11 CWME800 3)
10045715
78.30
Reference Code
Stock
Code
BLIM9-105
10410084
85.50
BLIM.02 4)
10046389
57.20
CWM112...CWM300
BLIM112-300
10045676
265.90
CWME400
BLIM CWME400
10186853
280.90
CWME630...800
BLIM CWME800
10047279
8442.90
CWM9...105
8 / CWM50...105
8 / CWM112...300
CWM9...300
CWME400...800
8 / CWME400...800
1
1
Mechanical interlock for contactors 5)
Illustrative picture
For use with
Price
(Rands)
CWM9...CWM105
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
52
Early-make contact;
Late-break contact;
For combination of more than 2 side-mounted auxiliary contacts;
This accessory allows mechanical and electrical interlock;
Can only be used with 2 contactors of the same frame.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Reference code
CWM
9
12
18
25
Standards
32
40
50
65
80
95
105 112 150 180 250 300
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660. UL. CSA
Rated insulation voltage Ui
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660
UL. CSA
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660
1000 V
600 V
Rated impuse withstand voltage Uimp
6kV
8kV
Rated operational frequency
25 - 400 Hz
Protection against direct contact from the front when operated by a perpendicular test finger (IEC 536)
Degree of protection
Main circuits
Control circuits and auxiliary contacts
IP20
IP10
IP00
IP20
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
-25oC to +55oC
-55oC to +80oC
Altitude
Normal values
90% Ie / 80% Ue
80% Ie / 75% Ue
up to 3000 m
3000 to 4000 m
4000 to 5000 m
Overvoltage category / Pollution degree
III / 3
Climatic proofing
Acc. IEC 60680-2
Pole numbers of main circuits
3
Rated operation voltage Ue
690 V
Conventional thermal current Ith
1000 V
25
25
32
45
60
60
90
110
110
140
140
180
225
225
350
410
5
7
8
12
16
18.5
23
30
37
44
50
63
69
73
110
145
(kW)
(kW)
(kW)
(kW)
(kW)
2.2
4
4.5
5.5
5.5
3
5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
4
7.5
9
10
10
6.5
11
12.5
15
15
9
15
15
18.5
18.5
11
18.5
22
25
30
15
22
30
30
33
18.5
30
37
40
45
22
37
45
45
45
25
45
55
55
55
30
55
55
65
65
30
55
55
75
80
45
75
90
90
80
55
90
110
110
132
75
132
150
160
200
90
160
185
200
200
(A)
25
35
35
50
63
80
100
125
125
160
200
224
250
250
400
500
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops/h
1200
1200
360
9000
1200
1200
360
9000
1200
1200
360
9000
1200
1200
360
9000
1200
1200
360
9000
1200
1200
360
9000
1200
1200
200
5000
1200
1200
200
5000
1200
1200
200
5000
1200
600
200
5000
1200
600
200
5000
600
600
150
4000
600
600
150
4000
600
600
150
4000
600
600
150
4000
600
600
150
4000
1.6
1.8
at < 55oC rated operational current Ie/AC-1
(A)
Rated operational current Ie AC-4 (Ue ! 440V) (A)
AC-3 Utilization Category
Rated operational power
220/230 V
400/415 V
440 V
500 V
660/690 V
Short circuit rating max. fuse gL-gG 2)
Max. electrical operational per hour
AC-1
AC-3
AC-4
no load
Mechanical lifespan
Ops x 106
Electrical lifespan (AC - 3)
Ops x 106
10
1.2
1.1
1.0
Control circuit
Reference code
CWM
9 12 18 25
32
40
50 65 80 95 105
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Rated voltages (Standard coil)
Operation time 1)
150
12...550V
-
180
250
300
1000 V
Us 50/60Hz
12...660V
Rated voltages (Electronic Module) Us 50/60Hz
Rated voltages
112
Us DC
12...440V
Closing/Opening (AC) ms
8...20 / 6...13
Closing/Opening (DC) ms
35...45 / 7...12
24...690
-
24...500V
24...240V
10...19 / 5...25
24...500V
15...30 / 9...15
50...60 / 55...60
60...70 / 13...17
60...70 / 13...17
60...70 / 15...25
Power consumption of the AC coil 50/60 Hz 1)
Pick-up
Sealing
(VA)
69.5
98
255
213
214
229
cos #
0.85
0.69
0.32
0.71
0.68
0.73
(VA)
4...7.2
6.6...12.3
13.1...19.1
14.8
14.1
14.1
cos #
0.28
0.34
0.54
0.26
0.27
0.26
Power consumption of the coil - DC coils 1)
Pick-up
(W)
3.8...7.5
240
340
166
154
171
Sealing
(W)
3.8...7.5
6
6.5
2.4
2.4
2.5
AC coil
4
4
3
DC coil
3
4
3
Number of terminals
Coil operation limits 50/60Hz 1)
Bifrequency coils 1)
2
2
0.85...1.1 x Us
0.65...1.1 x Us
Pick-up
0.5...0.8
0.5...0.8
0.5...0.8
0.7...0.85
0.7...0.85
0.7...0.85
Sealing
0.2...0.6
0.2...0.6
0.25...0.6
0.4...0.6
0.4...0.6
0.4...0.6
Notes:
1.
2.
58
Values applicable for contactors CWM112...300 with electronic module. For contactors with standard coil only on request;
Type 2 coordination.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Reference code
CWME400
CWME630
Standards
Rated insulation voltage Ui
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660
UL. CSA
Rated impuse withstand voltage Uimp
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660. UL. CSA
Rated operational frequency
Degree of protection
Main circuits
Control circuits and auxiliary contacts
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Altitude
Normal values
90% Ie / 80% Ue
80% Ie / 75% Ue
25 - 400 Hz
CWME800
1000 V
600 V
6kV
IP00
IP20
-25oC to + 55oC
-55oC to + 80oC
up to 3000 m
3000 to 4000 m
4000 to 5000 m
Overvoltage category / Pollution degree
III / 3
Climatic proofing
acc. to IEC 60680-2
Pole numbers of main circuits
3
Rated operation voltage Ue
690 V
Conv. thermal current Ith
at < 55oC rated operational current Ie/AC-1
450
660
900
(A)
300
400
630
(A)
Rated operational current Ie AC-4 (Ue ≤ 440V)
AC-3 Utilization Category
Rated operational power
220-230 V
400-415 V
440 V
500 V
690 V
Short circuit rating max. fuse gL-gG 1)
Max. electrical operational per hour
AC-1
AC-3
AC-4
no load
Mechanical lifespan
(kW)
(kW)
(kW)
(kW)
(kW)
(A)
125
220
220
225
250
630
190
330
330
330
330
800
220
440
440
500
500
1000
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops/h
Ops x 106
300
1200
150
1200
300
1200
150
1200
5
300
1200
150
1200
Electrical lifespan (AC - 3)
Ops x 106
0.5
0.6
Control circuit
Reference code
Voltage ranges
CWME400
CWME630
CWME800
100-240 VAC 50/60Hz
100-220 VDC
100-127 VAC 50/60Hz
100-110 VDC
200-240 VAC 50/60Hz
200-220 VDC
Coil Operation Limit
0.85...1.1 x Us
Pick-Up
(V)
77
77
Drop-Out
(V)
48
48
51
110
230
1000
Voltage
Consumption
(V)
110
230
150
Closing
(VA)
571
1000
Closed
(VA)
14
17
29
Dissipation
(W)
6.3
7.8
4.4
5
Number of terminals
2
Note:
1.
Type 2 coordination.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
59
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Reference code
CWM9
CWM32 CWM50 CWM95 CWM112
CWM250
CWME630
to
CWM25 and
to
and
and CWM180 and CWME400
and
CWM18
CWM40 CWM80 CWM105 CWM150
CWM300
CWME800
Main terminal capacity (mm2)
2x (1...2.5)
2x (2.5...6)
2x (0.25...2.5)
2x (2.5...6)
2x (20...13)
2x (13...10)
Solid. stranded and finely
stranded without end sleeve
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG-Wire
2x (1...2.5)
2x (2.5...10)
2x (1...2.5)
2x (2.5...10)
2x (17...13)
2x (13...7)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
One conductor on top
Solid
Stranded with end sleeve
Stranded without end sleeve
Finely stranded
-
0.75...16
0.75...16
1...16
1...16
1...35
1...35
1.5...35
1.5...35
1.5...50
1.5...50
2.5...50
2.5...50
-
-
-
-
-
AWG-Wire
-
18...6
17... 2
15... 1
-
-
-
-
-
-
1...16
1... 16
1.5...16
1.5...16
2.5...35
2.5...35
6...35
6...35
4...35
4...35
6...35
6...35
-
-
-
-
-
-
16... 6
13...2
11... 2
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.75...16
0.75...16
1...16
1...16
1...35
1...35
1.5...35
1.5...35
1.5...50
1.5...50
2.5...50
2.5...50
-
-
-
-
-
-
18... 6
16...2
16... 1
-
-
-
-
-
Solid
Stranded with end sleeve
Stranded without end sleeve
Finely stranded
-
1...16
1...16
1.5...16
1.5...16
2.5...35
2.5...35
6...35
6...35
4...35
4...35
6...35
6...35
-
-
-
-
-
AWG-Wire
-
16...6
14...2
10...2
-
-
-
-
-
Solid and stranded with end
sleeve Bar
-
-
-
-
2.5...4
4... 6
5...6.5
One conductor on bottom
Solid
Stranded with end sleeve
Stranded without end sleeve
Finaly stranded
AWG-Wire
Two conductors
on top
Solid
Stranded with end sleeve
Stranded without end sleeve
Finely stranded
AWG-Wire
on bottom
Tightening torque
(N.m)
1...1.7
1.6...3
2 x (25...70) 2 x (50...120) 2 x (50...150) 2 x (120...185) 2 x (185...300)
2 x (15x3)
2 x (20x3)
2 x (30x5)
2 x (30x6)
2 x (40x10)
10
13
17
23
57
Auxiliary contacts - Contactors CWM
Reference code
CWM9
Rated insulation voltage Ui
IEC/EN 60 947
UL/CSA
Rated operational voltage Ue
CWM12
CWM18
BCXMF...
BCXML...
(V)
(V)
(V)
1000
600
690
1000
600
690
(A)
16
10
220 - 240 V
380 - 400 V
415 V
500 V
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
24 V
48 V
110 V
220 V
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
10
6
5
4
A600
6
4
2
0.7
P600
6
4
3.5
2.5
A600
6
4
2
0.7
Q600
Making capacity Im
AC-15/AC-11
AC-13/DC-11
Ue ≤ 400 V 50/60 Hz
Ue ≤ 220 V DC
(A)
(A)
250
250
90
90
Breaking capacity Ic
AC-15/AC-11
AC-13/DC-11
Ue ≤ 400 V 50/60 Hz
Ue ≤ 220 V DC
(A)
(A)
250
2
60
0.95
(A)
10
Conv. thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie
AC-15
UL/CSA
DC-13
UL/CSA
Short circuit protection max. fuse gL/gG
Control circuit reliability
10
le min = 5 mA. Ue min = 17 V
Electrical lifespan
Ops
106
Mechanical lifespan
Ops
15 x 106
60
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Auxiliary contacts - Contactors CWME
Reference code
BCXML11 CWME800 / BCXMRL11 CWME800
Conv. thermal current Ith
(A)
Rated operational current Ie
AC Category
(A600)
DC Category
(P600)
Mechanical Lifespan
Electrical Lifespan
Operations x 10 6
16
110V (A)
220V (A)
440V (A)
600V (A)
AC-15
6
5
3
3
AC-12
10
10
5
5
24V (A)
48V (A)
110V (A)
220V (A)
DC-13
6
3
1.2
0.2
DC-12
5
3
1.3
0.25
Ops x 10 6
10
AC-15
0.5
AC-12
0.25
DC-13 / DC-12
0.5
Max. electrical operational per hour
1800
Terminal markings to EN 50012
Distinctive
number
and version of
combination
NO
NC
Reference code
Additional
auxiliary
contact
blocks
10E
1
0
CWM9-10
CWM12-10
CWM18-10
-
Without auxiliary contact blocks
01E
0
1
11E
1
1
CWM9-01
CWM12-01
CWM18-01
-
Front mounting auxiliary contact blocks BCXMF10 or BCXMF01
CWM9-10
CWM12-10
+BCXMF01
CWM18-10
21E
2
1
CWM9-10
CWM12-10
CWM18-10
12E
1
2
CWM12-10
+BXCMF10+BCXMF01
CWM9-10
+ 2 BXCMF01
CWM18-10
CWM9-10
31E
3
1
CWM12-10
CWM18-10
CWM9-10
41E
4
1
CWM12-10
CWM18-10
E&OE
+ 2 BXCMF10
+BCXMF01
+ 3 BXCMF10
+BCXMF01
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
61
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Terminal markings to EN 50012
Distinctive
number
and version of
combination
NO
NC
Reference code
2
2
CWM12-10
Additional
auxiliary
contact
blocks
Front mounting auxiliary contact blocks BCXMF10 or BCXMF01
CWM9-10
22E
CWM18-10
CWM9-10
32E
3
2
CWM12-10
CWM18-10
+ 2 BXCMF01
+BCXMF10
+ 2 BXCMF01
+2 BCXMF10
CWM9-10
13E
1
3
CWM12-10
+ 3 BXCMF01
CWM18-10
CWM9-10
23E
2
3
CWM12-10
CWM18-10
+ 3 BXCMF01
+BCXMF10
Side mounting auxiliary contact blocks each with two contacts
11E
1
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
31E
3
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
22E
2
2
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+1 BCXML11
+1 BCXMRL11
-
0
0
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
-
10E
1
0
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+BCXMF10
01E
0
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+BCXMF01
+BCXML11
+BCXML11
+BCXML20
Without auxiliary contact blocks
Front mounting auxiliary contact blocks BCXMF10 or BCXMF01
62
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Terminal markings to EN 50012
Distinctive
number
and version of
combination
NO
NC
Reference code
Additional
auxiliary
contact
blocks
11E
1
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+BCXMF01
21E
2
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+BXCMF10+BCXMF01
12E
1
2
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+ 2 BXCMF01
31E
3
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+ 2 BXCMF10
41E
4
1
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+ 3 BXCMF10
22E
2
2
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+ 2 BXCMF01
32E
3
2
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
+ 2 BXCMF01
13E
1
3
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
23E
2
3
CWM25-00
to
CWM105-00
Front mounting auxiliary contact blocks BCXMF10 or BCXMF01
E&OE
+BCXMF01
+BCXMF01
+BCXMF10
+2 BCXMF10
+ 3 BXCMF01
+ 3 BXCMF01
+BCXMF10
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
63
Contactors
Electrical Lifespan
Number of operations (106)
AC-3 (Ue ! 440VAC)
Rated operational current Ie (A)
Number of operations (106)
AC-4 (Ue ! 440VAC)
Breaking current Ic (A)
Number of operations (106)
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Breaking current Ic (A)
64
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Electrical Lifespan
Number of operations (105)
Ue ! 220-240 VAC
Rated operational current Ic (A) - AC-3
Breaking current Ic (A) - AC-4
Number of operations (105)
Ue ! 380-440 VAC
Rated operational current Ic (A) - AC-3
Breaking current Ic (A) - AC-4
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
65
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
Coil
AC
A = 87
DC
A = 115
CWM9, CWM12 and CWM18
!"#$%&"'
()**
Coil
AC
A = 87
DC
A = 117
CWM25
!"#$%&"'
()**
Coil
AC
A = 98
DC
A = 118
CWM32 and CWM40
!"#$%&"'
()**
Coil
AC
A = 116
DC
A = 116
CWM50, CWM65 and CWM80
!"#$%&"'
()**
66
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
CWM95 and CWM105
Coil
DC
A = 126
!"#$%&"'
()**
CWM112 and CWM150
162,5
AC
A = 126
CWM180
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
67
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
CWM250 and CWM300
BLIM9-105
Models
A
B
C
D
CWM9...25
35
72.5
22
102
CWM32...40
45
79
22
122
CWM50...80
57
90
21
144
CWM95...105
57
90
29.8
153
BLIM112-300
Models
A
B
C
D
CWM112...150
100
130
51
272.5
CWM180
110
160
58.5
303.5
CWM250...300
120
180
57
325.4
Mounting position
CWM9...105
CWM112...300
30
30°
30
°
30°
68
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
°
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
CWME400
CWME630 and CWME800
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
69
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
BLIM CWME400
BLIM CWME800
70
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
CWME400 + BMJ
CWME 630...800 + BMJ
Mounting position
CWME 400...800
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
71
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors
CWMC25
!"#$%&"'
()**
CWMC32
!"#$%&"'
()**
CWMC50 and CWMC65
!"#$%&"'
()**
72
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Overview
www.zest.co.za
Overload Relays
RW overload relays are important equipment within WEG Controls’ range of products. As usual for WEG products, an
extended operational service life is one of the main features you can find in RW overload relays. WEG’s RW Class 10
Thermal Overload Relays are designed to be used with minicontactors and contactors. Effectively, RW overload relays
can be mounted directly to WEG minicontactors and contactors, assuring electrical and mechanical operation as an
open across-the-line starter. Accessories are also available for separate mounting.
RW overload relays are fitted with fixed bimetallic parts, which eliminate any need for heater elements for field installation
or future upgrading to a more efficient motor. All sizes provide complete motor protection by offering:
! Ambient temperature compensation
! Phase failure sensitivity protection
Dial FLC Setting
The trip-current is set via an infinitely adjustable dial designed with the motor’s full load current.
Temperature Compensation
Because RW overload relays include a fourth bimetallic strip in addition to the three that are directly heated by the motor
current, ambient temperature variations in the range of -20ºC to +60ºC are no obstacle for accurate protection of your
motors even under the toughest conditions.
Phase Failure Sensitivity
WEG overload relays include phase failure sensitivity protection as standard. This feature ensures fast tripping in case of
phase loss, protecting your motor and avoiding expensive repairs / corrective maintenance services.
Multi Function Button
The programmable RESET button can be selected to operate in a Manual or Automatic mode, with or without TEST
capabilities of the isolated “trip” NC and “alarm” NO auxiliary contacts. The multifunction RESET / TEST button can be
set in four different positions; H (manual RESET only), HAND (manual RESET/TEST), AUTO (automatic RESET/ TEST) and
A (automatic RESET only). In HAND and AUTO positions, when RESET button is pushed, both NO (97-98) and
NC (95-96) contacts change states.
Certifications
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
73
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Overload Relays
Reference Code
RW17
Standards
RW27
RW67
RW117
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660. UL. CSA
Setting current
(A)
0.28...17
0.28...32
RW317
RW407
IEC/EN 60 947. DIN VDE 0660
25...80
75...112
Tripping class
100...420
400...840
10
Temperature compensation
Rated insulation voltage Ui
IEC/EN 60 947/DIN VDE 0660
UL/CSA
(V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
(kV)
continuous
690
1000
(V)
Rated operational frequency
(Hz)
Degree of protection
Protection against direct contact from the front when
actuated by a perpendicular test finger (IEC 536)
Ambient temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Climating proof
IEC 60 068-2-3
IEC 60 068-2-30
Current heat loss
Lower value of setting range
(W)
Higher value of setting range
(W)
Terminal capacity
solid
flexible (stranded) without cable lug
flexible with cable lug
solid and stranded
bar
Tightening torque
Main circuit
Auxiliary and control circuits
600
6
8
0...400
IP 20
finger and back-of-hand proof
-25 oC to +60 oC
-40 oC to +70 oC
Damp heat. constant
Damp heat. constant
0.9
1.4
0.9
1.7
1.5
4.7
2.3
4.7
1
1.9
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
mm
2x 1.5 ... 6
2x 1.5 ... 10
2x 1.5 ... 6
14 ... 6
-
1x 6 ...35
1x 6 ...35
1x 6 ...35
18 ... 2
-
1x 25 ... 35
1x 25 ... 35
1x 25 ... 35
8 ... 1/0
-
8...1/0
2x (25x5)
8...1/0
2x (60x10)
Nm
Nm
1.4...2.3
1...1.5
4 ... 6
1...1.5
4 ... 6
1...1.5
14...26
1...1.5
23...26
1...1.5
RW67
RW117
RW317
RW407
Auxiliary contacts
Reference Code
RW17
Rated insulation voltage Ui
IEC/EN 60 947/DIN VDE 0660
UL/CSA
Rated operational current Ie
AC-15
DC-13
120 V
240 V
415 V
500 V
24 VDC
60 VDC
110 VDC
220 VDC
RW27
(V)
(V)
690
600
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
3
2
1.5
0.5
UL/CSA
C600
(A)
(A)
(A)
(A)
1
0.5
0.25
0.1
UL/CSA
R300
RW Tripping characteristics
These tripping characteristics show the tripping of RW in relation to
the current. They show the mean values of the tolerance ranges at an
ambient temperature of 20ºC, starting from cold stats. The tripping
time of the overload releases at operational temperature is reduced to
approximately 25% of the values shown.
Under normal operational conditions, all three phases of the RWs should
be loaded.
x Setting current
78
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Overload Relays
RW17-1D
RW17-2D
RW27
RW27 + BF27
RW27D
2A
2A
!"#$%&"'
()**
RW67
125A
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
79
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Overload Relays
RW67 + BF67
!"#$%&"'
()**
RW67D
125A
%+,-
RW117-1D
RW117-2D
!"#$%&"'
()**
200A
200A
80
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Overload Relays
RW317
Current ranges
100...150A
140...215A
200...310A
275...420A
A
B
39
20
45
25
RW407
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
81
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWC07...16 + RW17-1D
CWC025 + RW17-2D
82
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWM9...25 + RW27
CWM9...25
AC coil
DC coil
&
A
94
124
CWM32 + RW27
&
E&OE
CWM32
AC coil
DC coil
A
98
118
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
83
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWM32/40 + RW67-1D
CWM32/40
A
AC coil
DC coil
106.5
126.5
CWM50...80 + RW67-2D
84
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
CWM50...80
A
AC coil
116
DC coil
116
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWM95/105 + RW117-1D
CWM95/105
AC coil
DC coil
A
127.5
127.5
CWM112 + RW117-2D
CWM/112
Standard coil
Electronic Module
A
325
B
317.7
317.7
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
85
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWM112/150 + RW317
.H.KI
NKI
.JJ
.AA
D!H
I!D
HM.
LMH
JMD
.DA
.!.
.HI
E
C
BCD.EF.G
JAKI
O
..A
LA
CWM150 + RW317
.H.KI
NKI
.JJ
.AA
D!H
I!D
HM.
LMH
JMD
.DA
.!.
.HI
E
C
BCD.EF.G
JAKI
O
LA
..A
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
86
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWM180 + RW317
CWM250/300 + RW317
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
87
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Contactors and Overload Relays
CWME400 + RW317
88
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW
With the latest technology and design, the MPW series saves panel space and can be used in most applications in motor
control.
It combines short-circuit and motor overload protections in just one component. These devices include a three-position rotary
ON-TRIP-OFF handle, which can be padlocked in the OFF position.
MPW16 up to 16A
Maximum Rated Current Imax(Iu)
16A
Number of poles
32A
3
Short-Circuit release
Rated Operational Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency
General Technical Data
MPW25 up to 32A
20A
3
13 x lu max
13 x lu max
13 x lu max
13 x lu max
690V
690V
690V
690V
19 x lu max
690V
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
IEC 60 947-2 (Circuit Breaker)
A
A
A
A
A
IEC 60 947-4-1 (Motor starter)
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
Tripping Test
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Overload Protection
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Phase failure sensitivity
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Tripping Indication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Tripping Class
10
-
10
-
10
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
Utilization
category
Mechanical life
Number of operations
Electrical life
Number of operations
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
-20...+60ºC
-
-20...+60ºC
-
-20...+60ºC
Thermomagnetic
Magnetic
Thermomagnetic
Magnetic
Thermomagnetic
Temperature compensation
Type of protection
Setting overload release
Reference code
Reference code
Ir(A)
Terminal type
Screw
Spring
Screw
Spring
0.1...0.16
0.16...0.25
0.25...0.4
0.4...0.63
0.63...1
1...1.6
1.6...2.5
2.5...4
4...6.3
6.3...10
8...12
10...16
16...20
20...25
25...32
32...40
40...50
50...65
55...75
70...90
80...100
MPW16-3-C016
MPW16-3-C025
MPW16-3-D004
MPW16-3-C063
MPW16-3-U001
MPW16-3-D016
MPW16-3-D025
MPW16-3-U004
MPW16-3-D063
MPW16-3-U010
MPW16-3-U016
MPW16-3-C016S
MPW16-3-C025S
MPW16-3-D004S
MPW16-3-C063S
MPW16-3-U001S
MPW16-3-D016S
MPW16-3-D025S
MPW16-3-U004S
MPW16-3-D063S
MPW16-3-U010S
MPW16-3-U012S
MPW16i-3-C016
MPW16i-3-C025
MPW16i-3-D004
MPW16i-3-C063
MPW16i-3-U001
MPW16i-3-D016
MPW16i-3-D025
MPW16i-3-U004
MPW16i-3-D063
MPW16i-3-U010
MPW16i-3-U016
MPW16i-3-C016S
MPW16i-3-C025S
MPW16i-3-D004S
MPW16i-3-C063S
MPW16i-3-U001S
MPW16i-3-D016S
MPW16i-3-D025S
MPW16i-3-U004S
MPW16i-3-D063S
MPW16i-3-U010S
MPW16i-3-U012S
-
-
-
E&OE
Screw
MPW25-3-C016
MPW25-3-C025
MPW25-3-D004
MPW25-3-C063
MPW25-3-U001
MPW25-3-D016
MPW25-3-D025
MPW25-3-U004
MPW25-3-D063
MPW25-3-U010
MPW25-3-U016
MPW25-3-U020
MPW25-3-U025
MPW25-3-U032
MPW25i-3-C016
MPW25i-3-C025
MPW25i-3-D004
MPW25i-3-C063
MPW25i-3-U001
MPW25i-3-D016
MPW25i-3-D025
MPW25i-3-U004
MPW25i-3-D063
MPW25i-3-U010
MPW25i-3-U016
MPW25i-3-U020
MPW25i-3-U025
MPW25i-3-U032
MPW25t-3-C016
MPW25t-3-C025
MPW25t-3-D004
MPW25t-3-C063
MPW25t-3-U001
MPW25t-3-D016
MPW25t-3-D025
MPW25t-3-U004
MPW25t-3-D063
MPW25t-3-U010
MPW25t-3-U016
-
-
-
MPW25t-3-U020
-
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
89
www.zest.co.za
Designed for DIN rail mounting, while lugs for direct panel mounting are also available as accessory.
MPW Motor Protective Circuit Breakers are available in four models: MPW16/MPW25 (45mm), MPW65 (54mm) and MPW100
(70mm) and have been designed for use according to international standards, making them suitable for applications all over
the world.
MPW65 up to 65A
Maximum Rated Current Imax(Iu)
65A
Number of poles
3
Short-Circuit release
13 x lu max
Rated Operational Voltage Ue
Rated Frequency
General Technical Data
Overview
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW
Use category
13 x lu max
690V
690V
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
IEC 60 947-2 (Circuit Breaker)
A
A
IEC 60 947-4-1 (Motor starter)
AC-3
AC-3
Yes
Tripping Test
Yes
Overload Protection
Yes
No
Phase failure sensitivity
Yes
No
Tripping Indication
Yes
Yes
Tripping Class
10
-
50,000
50,000
25,000
25,000
Mechanical life
Number of operations
Electrical life
Number of operations
Temperature compensation
Type of protection
-20...+60ºC
-
Thermomagnetic
Magnetic
Setting overload release
Reference code
Ir(A)
Terminal type
Screw
0.1...0.16
0.16...0.25
0.25...0.4
0.4...0.63
0.63...1
1...1.6
1.6...2.5
-
2.5...4
-
4...6.3
6.3...10
8...12
10...16
16...20
20...25
25...32
32...40
MPW65-3-U040
MPW65i-3-U040
40...50
MPW65-3-U050
MPW65i-3-U050
50...65
MPW65-3-U065
MPW65i-3-U065
-
-
55...75
70...90
80...100
90
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW
Designed for DIN rail mounting, while lugs for direct panel mounting are also available as accessory.
MPW Motor Protective Circuit Breakers are available in four models: MPW16/MPW25 (45mm), MPW65 (54mm) and MPW100
(70mm) and have been designed for use according to international standards, making them suitable for applications all over
the world.
MPW100 up to 100A
Maximum Rated Current Imax(Iu)
100A
Number of poles
3
Short-Circuit release
13 x lu max
Rated Operational Voltage Ue
690V
General Technical Data
Rated Frequency
50/60Hz
Use category
IEC 60 947-2 (Circuit Breaker)
A
IEC 60 947-4-1 (Motor starter)
AC-3
Tripping Test
Yes
Overload Protection
Yes
Phase failure sensitivity
Yes
Tripping Indication
Yes
Tripping Class
10
Mechanical life
Number of operations
Electrical life
Number of operations
Temperature compensation
50,000
25,000
-20...+60ºC
Type of protection
Thermomagnetic
Setting overload release
Reference code
Ir(A)
Terminal type
Screw
0.1...0.16
0.16...0.25
0.25...0.4
0.4...0.63
0.63...1
1...1.6
1.6...2.5
2.5...4
4...6.3
-
6.3...10
8...12
10...16
16...20
20...25
25...32
32...40
40...50
50...65
55...75
MPW100-3-U075
70...90
MPW100-3-U090
80...100
MPW100-3-U100
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
91
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW16
12
2
3
11
1
1
6
4
7
14
5
13
4
16
4
18
17
10
1
15
8
9
1 - Motor protective circuit breaker MPW16
2 - Feeder terminal FTBBS
3 - Three-phase commoning block BBS
4 - Push-in-lugs PLMP
5 - Side auxiliary contact block ACBS
6 - Undervoltage release URMP or shunt release SRMP
7 - Front auxiliary contact block ACBF
8 - Connector ECCMP-C016 (MPW16 + CWC07…16)
9 - Mini contactors CWC07…16
10 - Insulated enclosure
92
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
11 - Block module for power terminals to printed circuit board
12 - Block module for auxiliary frontal contact block to printed
circuit board
13 - Scale cover SCMP
14 - Trip signalling block TSB
15 - FESTPE twist release emergency pushbutton
16 - Motor protective circuit breaker MPW16_S
17 - Side auxiliary contact block ACBS_S
18 - Front auxiliary contact block ACBF_S
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW25
2
20
3
1
6
4
5
7
1
15
11
24
8
4
1
1
12
1
1
16
9
18
21
10
19
22
23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 -
94
Motor protective circuit breaker MPW25
Feeder terminal FTBBS
Three-phase commoning block BBS
Push-in-lugs PLMP
Side auxiliary contact block ACBS
Undervoltage release URMP or shunt release SRMP
Front auxiliary contact block ACBF
Door coupling rotary handle RMMP
Connector ECCMP-25 (MPW25 + CWM9...25)
Contactors CWM9...25
Door coupling rotary handle MRX
Front plate FME55
Standard insulated enclosure MPE55
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
17
14
13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 -
Large insulated enclosure MLPE55
Trip signalling block TSB
Connector ECCMP-32 (MPW25 + CWM32...40)
Contactors CWM32...40
Connector ECCMP-C025 (MPW25 + CWC025)
Mini contactor CWC025
Feeder terminal for “Type E” motor starter according to UL LST25
Connector ECCMP-C0 (MPW25 + CWC07...16)
Mini contactor CWC07...16
Current limiter CLT25
Scale cover SCMP
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW65 and MPW100
10
2
4
1
6
5
3
8
9
7
2
1 - Motor protective circuit breaker MPW65
2 - Push-in-lugs PLMP
3 - Side auxiliary contact block ACBS
4 - Undervoltage release URMP or shunt release SRMP
5 - Frontal auxiliary contact block ACBF
6 - Trip signalling block TSB
7 - Door coupling rotary handle MRX65
8 - Door coupling rotary handle RMMP65
9 - Scale cover SCMP
10 - Feeder terminal for “Type E” motor starter according to UL LST65
96
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW25t - Selection Table
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker for protection of transformers or motors with high starting current
!
With overload and short circuit protection
!
Fixed short circuit release 19 x lu
!
With phase-failure sensitivity according to IEC/EN 60947-4-1/DIN VDE 0660 T.102
!
With temperature compensation
!
For use as main switch
Reference table for selecting protection of three-phase
motor 50/60Hz - 4 poles 1)
220-240V 380-415V 440-480V
hp / kW hp / kW hp / kW
500V
hp / kW
690V
hp / kW
Short-Circuit
Setting
Rated
Instantaneous Breaking
Overload
Reference
Current
Magnetic Trip capacity
Release
Code
Iu(A)
400/415VAC
Irm(A)
Ir(A)
Icu(kA)
-
-
-
-
-
0.16
0.1...0.16
3
100
MPW25t-3-C016
-
-
-
-
0.16 / 0.12
0.25
0.16...0.25
4.8
100
MPW25t-3-C025
MPW25t-3-D004
-
-
0.16 / 0.12
0.16 / 0.12
0.25 / 0.18
0.4
0.25...0.4
7.6
100
-
0.16 / 0.12
0.25 / 0.18
0.25 / 0.18
0.33 / 0.25
0.63
0.4...0.63
12
100
MPW25t-3-C063
0.16 / 0.12
0.33 / 0.25
0.33 / 0.25
0.5 / 0.37
0.75 / 0.55
1
0.63...1
19
100
MPW25t-3-U001
0.33 / 0.25
0.5 / 0.37
1 / 0.75
1 / 0.75
1.5 / 1.1
1.6
1...1.6
30.4
100
MPW25t-3-D016
0.5 / 0.37
1 / 0.75
1.5 / 1.1
1.5 / 1.1
2 / 1.5
2.5
1.6...2.5
47.5
100
MPW25t-3-D025
1 / 0.75
2 / 1.5
2 / 1.5
2 / 1.5
4/3
4
2.5...4
76
100
MPW25t-3-U004
1.5 / 1.1
3 / 2.2
4/3
4/3
5.5 / 4
6.3
4...6.3
119.7
100
MPW25t-3-D063
3 / 2.2
6 / 4.5
7.5 / 5.5
5.5 / 4
10 / 7.5
10
6.3...10
190
100
MPW25t-3-U010
5 / 3.7
10 / 7.5
12.5 / 9.2
12.5 / 9.2
15 / 11
16
10...16
304
50
MPW25t-3-U016
7.5 / 5.5
12.5 / 9.2
15 / 11
15 / 11
20 / 15
20
16...20
380
50
MPW25t-3-U020
Weight
kg
0.36
Applications of the motor protective circuit breaker MPW25t for the protection of transformers:
When the control of transformers is protected on their primary winding, the high in-rush current caused by starting the
transformer normally causes an unwanted trip of the protection devices.
Seconds
Tripping Characteristics:
The tripping characteristic shows the motor circuit breaker trip
time in relation to the rated current.
The curves show average tolerance range values for an ambient
temperature of 20ºC, starting in cold state. Thermal trip time
when working in operating temperature is reduced to around
25% of the presented values. Under normal operating conditions,
all 3 circuit breaker phases must be conducting.
Minutes
Due to this fact, circuit breakers in the MPW25t series are designed with an over current release set to approximately 19 times
the rated operational current, allowing the breakers to be used for the protection of transformers.
Miliseconds
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Note:
1.
Some motors characteristics may vary according to each manufacturer.
X Rated operational current
98
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Reference Code
MPW16
MPW16i
MPW16_S
MPW16i_S
16A
16A
12A
12A
3
3
3
3
13 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
Rated operational voltage Ue
690V 1)
690V 1)
690V 1)
690V 1)
Rated operational frequency
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
690V
690V
690V
690V
6kV
Maximum Rated Current Imax(Iu)
Number of poles
Instantaneous short-circuit
2)
Insulation Voltage Ui
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
6kV
6kV
6kV
IEC 60 947-2 (Circuit breaker)
A
A
A
A
IEC 60 947-4-1 (Motor starter)
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
Tripping Test
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Overload Protection
Yes
No
Yes
No
Phase failure sensitivity
Yes
No
Yes
No
Tripping indication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
10
-
10
-
15
15
15
15
Altitude (m)
2000
2000
2000
2000
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Utilization category
Tripping Class
Maximum operation per hour
Operations/hour
Mechanical life span
Number of operations
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
Electrical life span
Number of operations
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
Technical Data
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW
Ambient temperatures allowed
Transport and storage
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
Operation 1)
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
Temperature compensation
-20...+60ºC
-
-20...+60ºC
-
15
15
15
15
IEC/EN 60 947-1. DIN VDE 0660 (part 100)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC/EN 60 947-2. DIN VDE 0660 (part 101)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC/EN 60 947-4-1. DIN VDE 0660 (part 102)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Resistance to Impact (g)
Standards
Terminal capacity
Type of terminal
Flat
Flat
-
-
N.m
1.2...1.7
1.2...1.7
-
-
lb.in
11...16
11...16
-
-
Philips (Nº2)
Philips (Nº2)
-
-
Width (mm)
45
45
45
45
Height (mm)
90
90
100
100
Depth (mm)
77
77
77
77
Tightening torque
Type of screws
Dimensions
Altitude - Correction factor
The MPW motor protective circuit breakers do not undergo any
change to their specified performance when applied at an
altitude of up to 2000 meters above sea level.
However, as the altitude increases, the atmospheric properties
vary in terms of dielectric rigidness and pressure.
Therefore, current and voltage correction factors must be
applied for altitudes exceeding 2000 meters, as shown in the
table on the right:
Altitude
(above sea level) - h
Rated operational voltage
Ue
Current correction factor Iu
h ≤ 2000 m
690V
1 x Iu
2000 < h ≤ 3000 m
550V
0.96 x Iu
3000 < h ≤ 4000 m
480V
0.93 x Iu
4000 < h ≤ 5000 m
420V
0.90 x Iu
Note: 1) Reduce current for temperatures exceeding +60°C (87% to 70°C).
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
107
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Motor Circuit Breakers MPW
Reference Code
MPW25
MPW25i
MPW25t
MPW65
MPW65i
MPW100
32A
32A
32A
65A
65A
100A
3
3
3
3
3
3
13 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
19 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
13 x Iemax.
Rated operational voltage Ue
690V 1)
690V 1)
690V 1)
690V
690V
690V
Rated operational frequency
Maximum Rated Current Imax(Iu)
Number of poles
Instantaneous short-circuit
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz
Insulation Voltage Ui
690V
690V
690V
690V
690V
1000V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
6kV
6kV
6kV
6kV
6kV
8kV
IEC 60 947-2 (Circuit breaker)
A
A
A
A
A
A
IEC 60 947-4-1(Motor starter)
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
AC-3
Tripping Test
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Overload Protection
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Phase failure sensitivity
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Tripping indication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Tripping Class
10
-
Yes
10
-
10
15
15
15
15
15
25
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
Utilization category
Maximum operating frequency
Operations/hour
Altitude (m)
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Mechanical life span
Number of operations
100,000
100,000
100,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
Electrical life span
Number of operations
100,000
100,000
100,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
Ambient temperatures allowed
Transport and storage
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
-50...+80ºC
Operation 1)
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
-20...+70ºC
-20...+60ºC
Temperature compensation
-20...+60ºC
-
-
-20...+60ºC
-
-20...+60ºC
15
15
15
15
15
25
IEC/EN 60 947-1, DIN VDE 0660 (part 100)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC/EN 60 947-2, DIN VDE 0660 (part 101)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC/EN 60 947-4-1, DIN VDE 0660 (part 102)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Resistance to Impact (g)
Standards
Terminal capacity
Type of terminal
Tightening torque
N.m
lb.in
Flat
Flat
Flat
Box
Box
Box
2...2.5
2...2.5
2...2.5
4...6
4...6
4...6
18...22
18...22
18...22
35...55
35...55
35...53
Philips (Nº2)
Philips (Nº2)
Philips (Nº2)
Allen (4mm)
Allen (4mm)
Allen (4mm)
Width (mm)
45
45
45
54
54
70
Height (mm)
97
97
97
125
125
165
Depth (mm)
98
98
98
157
157
171
Type of screws
Dimensions
DC operation
The MPW16, MPW25 and MPW65 motor protective circuit
breakers can also be used for operating continuous current
loads. For such operation it is necessary to connect 2 or 3
poles in series.
See recommended circuits and their voltage limits in the
table on the right.
Time constant t = 5 ms
Circuits
Max. VDC
Notes
150VDC
System not
grounded
2 pole series connected
300VDC
System
grounded
2 pole series connected
450VDC
System
grounded
3 pole series connected
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icu = 10 kA for all
configurations
Note:
108
1) Reduce current for temperatures exceeding +60°C (87% to 70°C).
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Technical Data
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW
Main Terminal Capacity
Reference Code
Type
Number of conductors
Cross-Section
MPW16/16i
Rigid or flexible cable
1 or 2
1...4 mm2
18...12 AWG
MPW25/25i/25t
Rigid or flexible cable
1 or 2
1...2.5 mm2
2.5...6 mm2
14...8 AWG 1)
Type
1 conductor connection in upper part only
Cross-Section
Rigid cable
1...35 mm2
Cable without terminal
1.5...35 mm2
Cable with terminal
1...35 mm2
1.5...35 mm2
Flexible cable
17...2 AWG
Type
1 conductor connection in lower part only
Cross-Section
Rigid cable
2.5...35mm2
Cable without terminal
6...35mm2
Cable with terminal
2.5...35mm2
6...35mm2
Flexible cable
MPW65/65i
13...2 AWG
Type
Connection of 2 condutors
Cross-Section
Rigid cable
1...35mm2
Cable without terminal
1.5...35mm2
Cable with terminal
Conductor in upper part (A)
1...35mm2
1.5...35mm2
Flexible cable
Type
Rigid cable
A
17...2 AWG
B
Cross-Section
2.5...35mm2
Cable without terminal
6...35mm2
Cable with terminal
Conductor in lower part (B)
2.5...35mm2
6...35mm2
Flexible cable
13...2 AWG
Type
Number of conductors
1
Rigid cable
2
MPW100
1
Flexible cable
2
Cross-Section
2.5...70 mm2
12...2/0 AWG
2.5...50 mm2
12...1/0 AWG
2.5...50 mm2
12...1/0 AWG
2.5...35 mm2
10...2 AWG
Mounting configurations for MPW motor protective circuit breaker
Live or grounded parts distance to the circuit breaker
Description
Ue
MPW16
up to 690 V
Minimum distance between the circuit
breaker and live or grounded parts (mm)
A
B
C
90
20
75
up to 500 V
9
30
95
up to 690 V
30
50
95
MPW65
up to 690 V
10
50
150
MPW100
up to 690 V
30
150
167
MPW25
The motor protective circuit breaker can be mounted in any position, but according to IEC 60447 standard, the “On - I” indicator must be to the right, or up.
Note: 1) 8 AWG for flexible cable only.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
109
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW
Auxiliary Contact Block - ACB
Reference Code
ACBF-11
ACBS-11. ACBS-20. ACBS-02. TSB
For use with
MPW16/16i. MPW25/25i/25t. MPW65/65i
Utilization Category
24 VAC
220-230 VAC
24 VAC
230 VAC
400 VAC
AC-15
2A
0.5 A
6A
6A
3A
1A
AC-12
2.5 A
2.5 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
DC-13
24 VDC
48 VDC
60 VDC
24 VDC
110 VDC
220 VDC
440 VDC
1A
0.3 A
0.15 A
2A
0.5 A
0.25 A
0.1 A
Type of terminal
Flat
Type of screw
Philips (Nº2)
Tightening torque
0.8…1.2 N.m (7…10 lb.in)
Rigid cable
1 or 2 x (0.5...1.5 mm2). 1 or 2 x (0.75…2.5 mm2). 2 x (18…14 AWG)
Flexible cable
Backup fuses gL/gG
10 A
Reference Code
ACBF-11 MPW100
For use with
Utilization Category
AC-15
240 VAC
3A
DC-13
690 VAC
ACBS-11.ACBS-20.ACBS-02.TSB AT-11 MPW100
MPW100
24 VAC
6A
240 VAC
4A
24 VDC
220VDC
24 VDC
220VDC
1A
0.1 A
2A
0.25 A
Type of screw
Tightening torque
Rigid cable
Flexible cable
Back-up fuses gL/gG
Philips (Nº2)
0.8…1.2 N.m (7…10 lb.in)
1 (0.5…2.5mm2 / 20…14 AWG)
1 or 2 x (0.5…2.5mm2 / 20…14 AWG)
1(0.5...4mm2 / 20...10 AWG) or 2(0.75...2.5mm2 / 18...14 AWG)
16 A
Undervoltage Release - URMP
Reference Code
URMP
URMP V_ _ MPW100
For use with
MPW16/16i. MPW25/25i/25t. MPW65/65i
MPW100
Operating voltage
(Enables cir. breaker switch on)
0.85...1.1xUs
Non-operating voltage
(guarantees circuit breaker switch OFF)
0.7...0.35xUs
Energization Consumption
20.2 VA / 13 W
Consumption
7.2 VA / 2.4 W
8.5 VA / 6 W
3 VA / 1.2 W
Max. opening time
20 ms
Type of terminal
Flat
Type of screws
Philips (Nº2)
Tightening torque
Rigid cable
Flexible cable
0.8…1.2 N.m (7…10 lb.in)
1 or 2 x (0.5...2.5 mm2 / 20...14 AWG)
1 or 2 x (0.5...1.5 mm2). 1 or 2 x (0.75…2.5 mm2).
2 x (18…14 AWG)
Back-up fuses gL/gG
1 (0.5...4 mm / 20...10 AWG) or 2 x (0.75...2.5 mm2 / 18...14 AWG)
2
10 A
Shunt Release - SRMP
Reference Code
SRMP
SRMP-K_ _ MPW100
For use with
MPW16/16i. MPW25/25i/25t. MPW65/65i
MPW100
Operating Voltage
(guarantee circuit breaker switch OFF)
0.7...1.1xUs
Consumption - Energization
20.2 VA / 13 W
8.5 VA / 6 W
Maximum opening time
20 ms
Type of terminal
Flat
Type of screw
Philips (Nº2)
Tightening torque
Rigid cable
Flexible cable
0.8…1.2 N.m (7…10 lb.in)
Back-up fuses gL/gG
110
1 ou 2 x (0.5...2.5 mm2 / 20...14 AWG)
1 or 2 x (0.5...1.5 mm ). 1 or 2 x (0.75…2.5 mm2)
2 x (18…14 AWG)
2
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
1 (0.5...4 mm2 / 20...10 AWG) or 2 x (0.75...2.5 mm2 / 18...14 AWG)
10 A
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Technical Data
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW25 - Coordination Tables
Type “1” Coordination - Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq = 50 kA/400-415 V
Direct-on-line starters
Direct-on-line starters consist of a motor protective circuit breaker MPW25 and CWM contactor, which are already electrically and
mechanically connected via the block module ECCMP.
Rated operational
power
400-415 V
Rated operational
current
Ie
Setting overload
release
Reference Code
Motor Protective
Circuit Breaker
Reference Code Contactors
Actualing Voltage
(230V 50/60Hz)
Ir
(kW)
(A)
(A)
0.06
0.21
0.16...0.25
MPW25-3-C025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.09
0.31
0.25...0.4
MPW25-3-D004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.12
0.41
0.4...0.63
MPW25-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.18
0.6
0.4...0.63
MPW25-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.25
0.8
0.63...1.0
MPW25-3-U001
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.37
1.1
1.0...1.6
MPW25-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.55
1.5
1.0...1.6
MPW25-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.75
1.9
1.6...2.5
MPW25-3-D025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.1
2.6
2.5...4.0
MPW25-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.5
3.6
2.5...4.0
MPW25-3-U004
2.2
5
4.0...6.3
MPW25-3-D063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
3.0
6.6
6.3...10
MPW25-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
4.0
8.5
6.3...10
MPW25-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
5.5
11.3
10...16
MPW25-3-U016
CWM12-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
7.5
15.2
10...16
MPW25-3-U016
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
9.2
17.8
16...20
MPW25-3-U020
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
11
21.7
20...25
MPW25-3-U025
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
15
29.3
25...32
MPW25-3-U032
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
Ordering example: The type can be found in the “Rated operational power” column alongside the selected rating 2.2kW, desired
type: MPW25-3-D063 + CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz).
I
M
3~
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
111
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW25 - Coordination Tables
Type “1” Coordination - Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq = 50 kA/400-415 V
Direct-on-line starters
Direct-on-line starters consist of a motor protective circuit breaker MPW25i and CWM contactor, which are already electrically and
mechanically connected via the block module ECCMP
Rated operational
power
400-415 V
Rated operational
current
Ie
Operational
Instalaneous Current
I%
(kW)
(A)
(A)
Reference Code
Motor Protective
Circuit Breaker
Reference Code Contactors
Actualing Voltage
(230V 50/60Hz)
0.06
0.21
0.25
MPW25i-3-C025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.09
0.31
0.4
MPW25i-3-D004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.12
0.41
0.63
MPW25i-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.18
0.6
0.63
MPW25i-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.25
0.8
1.0
MPW25i-3-U001
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.37
1.1
1.6
MPW25i-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.55
1.5
1.6
MPW25i-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.75
1.9
2.5
MPW25i-3-D025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.1
2.6
4.0
MPW25i-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.5
3.6
4.0
MPW25i-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
2.2
5
6.3
MPW25i-3-D063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
3.0
6.6
10
MPW25i-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
4.0
8.5
10
MPW25i-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
5.5
11.3
16
MPW25i-3-U016
CWM12-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
7.5
15.2
16
MPW25i-3-U016
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
9.2
17.8
20
MPW25i-3-U020
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
11
21.7
25
MPW25i-3-U025
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
15
29.3
32
MPW25i-3-U032
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
Ordering example: The type can be found in the “Rated operational power” column alongside the selected rating 2.2 kW, desired
type: MPW25i-3-D063 + CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
I
M
3~
112
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Technical Data
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW25 - Coordination Tables
Type “2” Coordination - Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq = 50/65kA in 400-415 V
Direct-on-line starters
Direct-on-line starters consists of a motor protective circuit breaker MPW25 and CWM contactor, which are already electrically
and mechanically connected via the block module ECCMP up to 32A.
Iq = 50kA
Rated operational Rated operational Setting overload
release
power
current
400-415 V
Ie
Reference Code Reference Code Contactors
Motor Protective
Actualing Voltage
Circuit Breaker
(230V 50/60Hz)
Iq = 65kA
Reference Code
Contactors
Actualing Voltage
(230V 50/60Hz)
Ir
(kW)
(A)
(A)
0.09
0.31
0.25...0.4
MPW25-3-D004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.12
0.41
0.4...0.63
MPW25-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.18
0.6
0.4...0.63
MPW25-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.25
0.8
0.63...1.0
MPW25-3-U001
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.37
1.1
1.0...1.6
MPW25-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.55
1.5
1.0...1.6
MPW25-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.75
1.9
1.6...2.5
MPW25-3-D025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.1
2.6
2.5...4.0
MPW25-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.5
3.6
2.5...4.0
MPW25-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
2.2
5
4.0...6.3
MPW25-3-D063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
3.0
6.6
6.3...10
MPW25-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
4.0
8.5
6.3...10
MPW25-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
5.5
11.3
10...16
MPW25-3-U016
CWM12-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
7.5
15.2
10...16
MPW25-3-U016
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
9.2
17.8
16...20
MPW25-3-U020
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
11
21.7
20...25
MPW25-3-U025
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM40-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
15
29.3
25...32
MPW25-3-U032
CWM50-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM50-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
Ordering example: The type can be found in the “Rated operational power” column alongside the selected rating 2.2kW, desired
type: MPW25-3-D063 + CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz).
I
M
3~
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
113
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW25 - Coordination Tables
Type “2” Coordination - Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq = 50/65kA in 400-415 V
Direct-on-line starters
Direct-on-line starters consists of a motor protective circuit breaker MPW25i and CWM contactor, which are already electrically
and mechanically connected via the block module ECCMP up to 32A.
Iq = 50kA
Rated operational Rated operational
power
current
400-415 V
Ie
Operational
Instalaneous
Current
I%
Iq = 65kA
Reference Code Reference Code Contactors Reference Code
ConMotor Protective
Actualing Voltage
tactors
Circuit Breaker
(230V 50/60Hz)
Actualing Voltage
(230V 50/60Hz)
(kW)
(A)
(A)
0.06
0.21
0.25
MPW25i-3-C025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.09
0.31
0.4
MPW25i-3-D004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.12
0.41
0.63
MPW25i-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.18
0.6
0.63
MPW25i-3-C063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.25
0.8
1.0
MPW25i-3-U001
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.37
1.1
1.6
MPW25i-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.55
1.5
1.6
MPW25i-3-D016
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
0.75
1.9
2.5
MPW25i-3-D025
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.1
2.6
4.0
MPW25i-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
1.5
3.6
4.0
MPW25i-3-U004
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
2.2
5
6.3
MPW25i-3-D063
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
3.0
6.6
10
MPW25i-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
4.0
8.5
10
MPW25i-3-U010
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
5.5
11.3
16
MPW25i-3-U016
CWM12-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
7.5
15.2
16
MPW25i-3-U016
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
9.2
17.8
20
MPW25i-3-U020
CWM18-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM32-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
11
21.7
25
MPW25i-3-U025
CWM25-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM40-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
15
28.93
32
MPW25i-3-U032
CWM50-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM50-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
Ordering example: The type can be found in the “Rated operational power” column alongside the selected rating 2,2 kW, desired
type: MPW25i-3-D063 + CWM9-10-30D24(230V 50/60Hz)
I
M
3~
114
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Technical Data
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW - Rated Short-Circuit Breaking
Capacity (IEC 60947-2)
MPW16 / MPW25 / MPW65
220-230VAC
MPW65
MPW25
MPW16
Reference
Code
Setting
Overload
Release
(A)
Icu
0.10...0.16
0.16...0.25
380-415VAC
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
kA
kA
A
100
100
-
100
100
-
0.25...0.4
100
100
0.4...0.63
100
0.63...1
440VAC
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
kA
kA
A
100
100
-
100
100
-
-
100
100
100
-
100
100
100
-
1...1.6
100
100
1.6...2.5
100
2.5...4
4...6.3
460-500VAC
630-690VAC
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
8
25
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
8
35
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
8
50
6.3...10
100
100
-
50
10
100
50
10
80
10
10
63
5
5
50
8...12
100
100
-
50
10
100
50
10
80
10
10
63
5
5
50
10...16
100
100
-
10
10
100
10
10
80
10
8
80
4
3
63
0.10...0.16
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
0.16...0.25
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
0.25...0.4
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
0.4...0.63
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
0.63...1
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
1...1.6
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
1.6...2.5
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
8
25
2.5...4
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
8
35
4...6.3
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
8
50
6.3...10
100
100
-
100
100
-
50
25
80
42
21
63
8
8
50
10...16
100
100
-
50
25
100
50
15
80
10
8
80
5
5
63
16...20
100
100
-
50
25
125
50
15
80
10
8
80
5
5
63
20...25
100
100
-
50
25
125
50
15
100
10
8
80
5
5
63
25...32
100
100
-
50
25
125
25
15
100
10
8
80
5
5
63
32...40
100
100
-
65
65
160
65
65
125
35
35
100
8
8
63
40...50
100
100
-
65
65
160
65
65
125
35
35
100
8
8
80
50...65
100
100
-
65
65
160
65
65
125
35
35
100
8
8
80
Icu
Icu
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
MPW100
220-240 VAC
MPW100
Reference
Code
-
Setting
Overload
Release
(A)
Icu
55...75
70...90
80...100
380-415 VAC
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
kA
kA
A
100
100
-
100
100
100
100
440-460 VAC
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
kA
kA
A
kA
75
50
-
50
-
75
50
-
-
75
50
-
500-525 VAC
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
kA
A
kA
38
200
12
50
38
200
50
38
200
600-690 VAC
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
kA
A
kA
kA
A
9
160
6
6
125
12
9
160
6
6
160
12
9
160
6
6
160
Self protected against short-circuits up to 100kA
Back-up fuse not required
Note: UL values on request.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
115
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW - Rated Short-Circuit Breaking
Capacity (IEC 60947-2) - Limiter Function
MPW25 + CLT25
380-415VAC
MPW25 + CLT25
Reference
Code
Setting Overload
Release
(A)
440VAC
460-500VAC
630-690VAC
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gL/gG)
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
0.10...0.16
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
0.16...0.25
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
0.25...0.4
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
0.4...0.63
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
0.63...1
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
1...1.6
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
1.6...2.5
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
50
50
-
2.5...4
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
50
50
-
4...6.3
$
$
-
$
$
-
$
$
-
50
50
-
6.3...10
$
$
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
50
50
-
10...16
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
50
50
-
16...20
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
50
50
-
20...25
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
25...32
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
-
MPW65 + MPW65i
380-415VAC
Reference
Code
MPW65 +
MPW65i3-U065
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
"
116
$
Setting Overload
Release
(A)
440VAC
460-500VAC
630-690VAC
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gG/gL)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gG/gL)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gG/gL)
Icu
Ics
Max.
Fuse
(gG/gL)
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
32...40
65
65
-
65
65
-
65
65
-
25
25
-
40...50
65
65
-
65
65
-
65
65
-
25
25
-
50...65
65
65
-
65
65
-
65
65
-
25
25
-
Self protected against short-circuits up to 100kA
Back-up fuse not required
Not applicable due to MPW25/MPW65 already having 100 kA of Icu / Ics in referred ranges.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW - Characteristics Curves
The tripping characteristic shows the motor circuit breaker trip time in relation to the rated current.
The curves show average tolerance range values for an ambient temperature of 20ºC, starting in cold state. Thermal trip time
when working in operating temperature is reduced to around 25% of the presented values. Under normal operating conditions,
all 3 circuit breaker phases must be conducting.
MPW25t
minute
minutes
MPW16i/25i/65i
minute
minute
MPW16/25/65
seconds
millisecond
millisecond
milisecond
2-phase
miliseconds
second
second
second
3-phase
X Adjusted current
Rated operational
currentIe
X Adjusted current Ie
X Rated operational current
Characteristic I2t at 415V - MPW25/25i
Characteristic I2t at 415V - MPW16/16i
#!!
.J
.A
JKD
I 2 .t x 10 3 (A 2 .s)
#!
L
HKI
#
.KJ
.
!"#
AKJD
!"!#
AKL
AKHI
AK.J
!"!!#
!"#
#
#!
#!!
Presumed short-circuit current (kA) [RMS]
Presumed short-circuit current (kA) [RMS]
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
117
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Motor Protective Circuit Breakers MPW - Tripping Characteristic Curves
Characteristic I2t at 415V - MPW65/65i
Short circuit current limitation curve at
400/415 V - MPW25
#!!!
JI
IA
LA
Peak current (kA)
I 2 .t x 10 3 (A 2 .s)
#!!
#!
#
!"#
#
#!
#!!
Presumed short circuit current Ip (kA) [RMS]
Presumed short-circuit current (kA) [RMS]
Short circuit limitation curve at
500 V - MPW25
Peak current (kA)
Short circuit current limitation curve at
440 V - MPW25
Peak current (kA)
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
Presumed short circuit current Ip (kA) [RMS]
Presumed short circuit current Ip (kA) [RMS]
118
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Technical Data
Connection Diagrams and Typical Circuits
Connection Diagrams
ACBF-11 and ACBF 11 MPW100
ACBS-11 and ACBS-11-MPW100
ACBS-20 and ACBS-20-MPW100
ACBS-02 and ACBS-02 MPW100
TSB
TSB AT11 MPW100
TSB SC-11
URMP
SRMP
MPW25 + CLT25
Single Phase Connection
Two Phase Connection
Shunt Release SRMP
Trip Signalling Block TSB
Feeder
Load
Typical Circuits
Undervoltage Release URMP
F1
S
S0...Sn - Buttons in the plant (NC)
S0...Sn - Buttons in the plant (NO)
S - MPW auxiliary contact
E&OE
H1 - Short-circuit trip signalling
H2 - Overcurrent trip signalling
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
119
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
MPW16 + Accessories
Mounting Position
90
90
18
18
&5
∅5
45
45
18
18
99
106
106
97
97
ACBS
ACBS
119
119
DIN
35mm
SRMP
SRMP
URMP
URMP
TSB
TSB
77
77
30
30
MPW16 + CIC
MPW16 + CWC07...16
Insulated Enclosure - MPE66 (IP66)
92
167
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
120
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
83
150
www.zest.co.za
MPW16_S + Accessories
Dimensions (mm)
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
Mounting Position
MPW25 + Accessories
DIN
35mm
MPW25 + CWC07…16
MPW25i
MPW25t
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
121
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
MPW25 + CWC025
MPW25t
MPW25 + CWM9...18
MPW25t
MPW25 + CWM25
MPW25t
122
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
MPW25 + CWM32
Dimensions (mm)
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
Current limiter - CLT25
MPW25t
DIN
35mm
Front Plate - FME55
Maximum trickness ≤ 5
Insulated Enclosure - MPE55 (IP55)
Insulated Enclosure - MLPE55 (IP55)
M25
M25
M25
M25
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
123
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
Accessories: BBS45, BBS54, FTBBS, LST25, LST65
!/MHI
Ref. Code BBS45-2
A
85
Ref. Code BBS54-2
B
94
BBS45-3
BBS45-4
130
175
220
BBS54-3
BBS54-4
BBS54-5
149
202
256
LST65 and MPW65+PLST65
Door Coupling Rotary Handle - RMMP
P"'=7)9++,)9,&77&'(1
to
124
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
BBS45-5
www.zest.co.za
Dimensions (mm)
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
Door Coupling Rotary Handle - MRX
48 to 276
154
48,50
MPW25
MPW25i
MPW25t
24,25
A < 5,0 mm
97
24,25
3,20
4
,50
Ø
Shaft (130 or 330 mm)
202 to 430
7,20
50,70
Ø
22
MRX
23,50
11,50
48,50
A
Drilling
the door
panel
door
Drilling the
drilling
Mounting Position
MPW65 + Accessories
DIN
35mm
Door Coupling Rotary Handle - RMMP65
28 to 302
213
54
A < 5,0mm
R2
0
MPW65
MPW65i
52,60
Ø
16
Ø
45°
3,50
125
4
B
Shaft
(130 or 330mm)
RMMP
Drilling the panel door
10
241 to 515
19,22
Door Coupling Rotary Handle - MRX65
48 to 276
213
54
48,50
MPW65
MPW65i
24,25
Ø
4
A < 5,0mm
33
22,5
0
MRX
Ø
Shaft
(130 or 330mm)
23,50
3,50
48,50
125
24,25
3,20
A
Drilling the panel door
10
261 to 489
E&OE
50,70
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
125
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker MPW
MPW100
106,5
106,5
30mm
30mm
18
18
18
18
99
DIN RAIL
DIN
mm / 75mm
35mm /
75mm
155mm
155mm
165mm
165mm
35
SMRP
SMRP
UMRP
UMRP
ACBS
ACBS
TSB AT MPW
TSB-AT11MPW100
TSB-SC11MPW100
100
70mm
70mm
nti 4(M
ngounti
hnog hole
le))
11
M4
(M
ou
171mm
171mm
Door Coupling Rotary Handle - MR MPW100
4.5mm
BB
4,5mm
4x &3.4
4x Ø3,4
A < 7.6mm
A < 7,6 mm
Ø43
53.6
0,9mm
MR MPW100-115
MR MPW100-315
min: 220
MR MPW100-115
max: 282
min: 220
MR MPW100-315
max: 482
MRX100
Mounting position
Panel door Drillings
126
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
53,6
Drilling
the door
paneldrilling
door
Drilling the
B (mm)
B (mm)
Models
Reference
Code
53.6
53,6
&43
0.9mm
Dimensions (mm)
www.zest.co.za
www.zest.co.za
Enclosed and Open Starters
Contactors - Reversing Starters
Individual components for reversing starters
500 V
660-690 V
Contactor
K1
Contactor
K2
Spare auxiliary
contacts
kW / hp
kW / hp
kW / hp
kW / hp
Type
Type
K1
K2
2.2 / 3
4/5
4.5 / 6
5.5 / 7.5
CWM9-11
CWM9-11
-
-
3/4
5.5 / 7.5
5.5 / 7.5
7.5 / 10
CWM12-11
CWM12-11
-
-
4.5 / 6
7.5 / 10
9.2 / 12.5
11 / 15
CWM18-11
CWM18-11
-
-
5.5 / 7.5
11 / 15
11 / 15
11 / 15
CWM25-11
CWM25-11
-
-
9.2 / 12.5
15 / 20
15 / 20
18.5 / 25
CWM32-11
CWM32-11
-
-
11 / 15
18.5 / 25
22 / 30
22 / 30
CWM40-11
CWM40-11
-
-
15 / 20
22 / 30
30 / 40
30 / 40
CWM50-11
CWM50-11
-
-
18.5 / 25
30 / 40
37 / 50
37 / 50
CWM65-11
CWM65-11
-
-
22 / 30
45 / 60
45 / 60
45 / 60
CWM80-11
CWM80-11
-
-
22 / 30
55 / 75
55 / 75
55 / 75
CWM95-11
CWM95-11
-
-
30 / 40
55 / 75
55 / 75
55 / 75
CWM105-11
CWM105-11
-
-
30 / 40
55 / 75
55 / 75
75 / 100
CWM112-22
CWM112-22
1NO/1NC
1NO/1NC
45 / 60
75 / 100
90 / 125
110 / 150
CWM150-22
CWM150-22
1NO/1NC
1NO/1NC
55 / 75
90 / 125
110 / 150
110 / 150
CWM180-22
CWM180-22
1NO/1NC
1NO/1NC
75 / 100
132 / 175
160 / 220
160 / 220
CWM250-22
CWM250-22
1NO/1NC
1NO/1NC
90 / 125
160 / 220
200 / 270
200 / 270
CWM300-22
CWM300-22
1NO/1NC
1NO/1NC
Mechanical
interlock
Wiring kit
EC-SD
400 -415 V
BLIM9-105
220-230 V
BLIM112-300
Maximum rated operational power of
three-phase motors 50/60Hz
Overview
Individual components for reversing starters
-
Reversing starters
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
127
www.zest.co.za
Contactors - Star-Delta Starters
220400660500 V
230 V 415 V
690 V
kW/hp
kW/hp kW/hp
kW/hp
Individual components for Star-Delta Starters
Main contactor
K1
Delta
contactor
K2
Star
contactor
K3
Type
Type
Type
Timer
Spare auxiliary contacts
K1
K2
K3
5.5 / 7.5
11 / 15
15 / 20
18.5 / 25
CWM18-10 + BCXMF10
CWM18-11
CWM9-11
-
-
-
7.5 / 10
15 / 20
15 / 20
18.5 / 25
CWM18-10 + BCXMF10
CWM18-11
CWM12-11
-
-
-
7.5 / 10
18.5 / 25
22 / 30
22 / 30
CWM25-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM25-11
CWM18-11
-
-
-
11 / 15
22 / 30
22 / 30
22 / 30
CWM25-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM25-11
CWM18-11
-
-
-
15 / 20
30 / 40
37 / 50
37 / 50
CWM40-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM40-11
CWM25-11
-
-
-
18.5 / 25
37 / 50
37 / 50
45 / 60
CWM50-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM50-11
CWM25-11
-
-
-
22 / 30
45 / 60
45 / 60
55 / 75
CWM50-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM50-11
CWM32-11
30 / 40
55 / 75
55 / 75
55 / 75
CWM65-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM65-11
CWM40-11
Wiring
kit
-
-
-
-
-
-
37 / 50
75 / 100
75 / 100
90 / 125
CWM95-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM95-11
CWM50-11
-
-
-
45 / 60
90 / 125
110 / 150
110 / 150
CWM105-00 + 2 x BCXMF10
CWM105-11
CWM65-11
-
-
-
55 / 75
110 / 150
110 / 150
132 / 175
CWM150-22
CWM150-22
CWM65-11
2NC
1NO/NC
-
75 / 100
132 / 175
132 / 175
132 / 175
CWM180-22
CWM180-22
CWM80-11
2NC
1NO/NC
-
90 / 125
160 / 220
160 / 220
200 / 300
CWM250-22
CWM250-22
CWM105-11
2NC
1NO/NC
-
110 / 150
200 / 270
250 / 330
-
CWM300-22
CWM300-22
CWM150-22
2NC
1NO/NC
1NO/NC
EC-SD...
Maximum rated operational
power of
three-phase motors 50/60 Hz
RTW-ET...
Overview
Individual components for Star-Delta Starters
Star-Delta Starters
Star-Delta Starter
-.
-.
U1
V2
V1
U2
W1
W2
-D
-H
))-D
))-H
A: 0.58 x Ir, Motor protection at star and delta position
B: 1 x Ir, only partial motor protecton at star position
C: 0.58 x Ir, motor not protected at star position
128
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
Description
1
Double Pushbutton
2
Protection Cover for Double Pushbutton
3
Flush Illuminated Pushbutton
4
Flush Pushbutton
5
Protection Cover for Flush Pushbutton
6
Selector Switch Knob
7
Selector Switch Lever
8
Illuminated Selector Switch
9
Key Switch
10
Pilot Light
11
Mushroom Pushbutton
12
Emergency-Stop Pushbutton - Twist Release
13
Emergency-Stop Pushbutton - Key Release
14
Plate Holder
15
Legend Plate
16
Double Contact Block
17
LED Block
18
Contact Block - NO or NC
19
Contact Block NCdb (delayed break)
20
Push-On / Push-Off Block
21
Contact Block NOem (early make)
22
Flange - 3 Positions
23
Flange - 5 Positions
24
Extended IIluminated Pushbutton
25
Illuminated Mushroom Pushbutton
26
Guarded Pushbutton
27
Protection Cover for BFI and BSI Pushbuttons
28
Plate Holder for Double Pushbutton
29
Emergency Pushbutton Protection
30
Emergency-Stop Pushbutton BESG - Twist Release
31
Emergency-Stop Pushbutton BESP - Pull Release
32
Emergency-Stop Pushbutton BESY - Key Release
Overview
Nº
30
IP66
31
32
Totally Insulated
Certifications
UL
R
C
US
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
141
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
142
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
Pushbuttons Reference Code Composition
Types
F - Flush
GA - Guarded
C - Mushroom
D - Double
FI - Flush Illuminated
SI - Extended Illuminated
CI - Illuminated mushroom
CSW-B _ _
Color (See color code)
Guarded
BF0
BGA0
BF1
BGA1
BF2
BGA2
BF3
BGA3
BF4
BGA4
BF5
BGA5
Mushroom (&40 mm)
Double 1) 2)
Price List
Flush
BC1
BC2
BD (IP40)
Other colors on request
Central lens can be illuminated with LED block
Color Code
Color
Clear/White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Black
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
Symbol
Non Illuminated
Description
Pushbutton colour
Type
Stock Code
Price
(Rands)
FLUSH
WHITE
CSW-BF0
10046302
33.10
FLUSH
RED
CSW-BF1
10410270
33.10
FLUSH
GREEN
CSW-BF2
10410271
33.10
FLUSH
YELLOW
CSW-BF3
10410272
33.10
FLUSH
BLUE
CSW-BF4
10046303
33.10
FLUSH
BLACK
CSW-BF5
10410273
33.10
RECESSED
WHITE
CSW-BGA0
10118548
37.60
RECESSED
RED
CSW-BGA1
10118551
37.60
RECESSED
GREEN
CSW-BGA2
10118549
37.60
RECESSED
YELLOW
CSW-BGA3
10118550
37.60
RECESSED
BLUE
CSW-BGA4
10118552
37.60
RECESSED
BLACK
CSW-BGA5
10118553
37.60
MUSHROOM
RED
CSW-BC1
10410279
50.20
MUSHROOM
GREEN
CSW-BC2
10046304
50.20
DOUBLE
l (GREEN) / O (RED)
CSW-BD
10186330
77.30
Notes:
1. Contact block not allowed to be used in the control position of the flange;
2. To increase the degree of protection, use APBD protection.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
143
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
Pushbuttons Reference Code Composition
Types
F - Flush
GA - Guarded
C - Mushroom
D - Double
FI - Flush Illuminated
SI - Extended Illuminated
CI - Illuminated mushroom
CSW-B _ _
Color (See color code)
Price List
Illuminated Flush 1)
Illuminated Extended 1)
Illuminated Mushrooom (&40 mm) 1)
BFI0
BSI0
BCI0
BFI1
BSI1
BCI1
BFI2
BSI2
BCI2
BFI3
BSI3
BCI3
BFI4
BSI4
BCI4
Color Code
Color
Clear/White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Black
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
Symbol
Illuminated
Description
Pushbutton colour
Type
Stock Code
Price
(Rands)
FLUSH
RED
CSW-BF11
10186385
57.20
FLUSH
GREEN
CSW-BF12
10046388
57.20
FLUSH
YELLOW
CSW-BF13
10046389
57.20
FLUSH
BLUE
CSW-BF14
10046593
57.20
FLUSH
ORANGE
CSW-BF16
11278798
49.70
FLUSH
WHITE
CSW-BF10
10046390
57.20
ETENDED
RED
CSW-BS11
10046676
67.80
ETENDED
GREEN
CSW-BSI2
10046677
67.80
ETENDED
YELLOW
CSW-BSI3
10046678
67.80
ETENDED
BLUE
CSW-BSI4
10046679
67.80
ETENDED
ORANGE
CSW-BSI6
11278756
67.80
ETENDED
WHITE
CSW-BSI0
10046675
67.80
MUSHROOM
RED
CSW-BCI1
10046823
85.30
MUSHROOM
GREEN
CSW-BCI2
10046824
85.30
MUSHROOM
YELLOW
CSW-BCI3
10046825
85.30
MUSHROOM
BLUE
CSW-BCI4
10046826
85.30
MUSHROOM
ORANGE
CSW-BI6
11278800
85.30
MUSHROOM
WHITE
CSW-BI0
10046822
85.30
Notes:
1. Contact block not allowed to be used in the control position of the flange;
2. To increase the degree of protection, use APBD protection.
144
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
Emergency Pushbuttons Reference Code Composition (With lock)
CSW-B_ _
Types
G - Twist to Release
P - Pull to Release (Only BES)
Y - Key to Release
Types
E - Mushroom
ES - Safe (EN418 and IEC60947-5-5)
BESG
E-Stop - Pull to Release
E-Stop - Stop Pushbutton BESY - Key to Release 1)
BESY
BESP
EN418
IEC60947-5-5
EN418
IEC60947-5-5
EN418
IEC60947-5-5
E-Stop - Twist to Release
BEG
Price List
E-Stop - Twist to Release
E-Stop - Key to Release 1)
BEY
Pilot Lights Reference Code Composition
CSW-SD _
Color Code
Pilot light
Color
Clear/White
Red
SD1
Code
0
1
SD2
Symbol
SD0
Color (See color code)
Green Yellow
2
3
Blue
Black
4
5
SD3
SD4
Description
Emergency Stop
Function
Type
Stock Code
Price
(Rands)
73.90
PUSHBUTTON 42mm
TWIST TO RELEASE
CSW-BESG
11007367
PUSHBUTTON 42mm
PULL TO RELEASE
CSW-BESP
11007569
73.90
PUSHBUTTON WITH KEY 42mm
KEY TO RELEASE
CSW-BESY
11007554
259.00
MUSHROOM 40mm
TWIST TO RELEASE
CSW-BEG
10410280
68.00
MUSHROOM WTH KEY 40mm
KEY TO RELEASE
CSW-BEY
10186386
238.30
Description
Pilot Light Lense
Colour
Type
Stock Code
Price
(Rands)
Diffused
RED
CSW-SD1
10410274
34.60
Diffused
GREEN
CSW-SD2
10410275
34.60
Diffused
YELLOW
CSW-SD3
10410276
34.60
Diffused
BLUE
CSW-SD4
10410278
34.60
Diffused
ORANGE
CSW-SD6
11278801
34.60
Diffused
CLEAR
CSW-SD0
10410277
34.60
Note:
1. For different key codes on request.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
145
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
Selector Switches Reference Code Composition
Types
K - Knob
A - Lever
Y - Key
KI - Illuminated Knob
Color (See Color Code)
CSW-C _ _ _ _ ( _ )
Angle
45 - 45o
90 - 90o
Number of switch positions:
2 - Two positions
3 - Three positions
Lever
Key 1) 2)
Illuminated
Overview
Knob
Handle
F - Maintained
R - Spring return
RE - Spring return from the left
RD - Spring return from the right
Position
CK2F45
CA2F45
CK2R45
CY2F45
CA2R45
CY2R45
CK2F90
CA2F90
CY2F90
CKI2F90( _ )
CA2R90
CY2R90
-
I
CK3F45
CA3F45
CY3F45
CKI3F45( _ )
CK3R45
CA3R45
CY3R45
CKI3R45( _ )
I
CA3RE45
CY3RE45
CKI3RE45( _ )
CA3RD45
CY3RD45
CKI3RD45( _ )
I
CK3F45ZB
CA3F45ZB
CY3F45ZB
-
CA3R45ZB
CY3R45ZB
-
I
CK3F45U
CA3F45U
CY3F45U
-
I
CK3R45U
CA3R45U
CY3R45U
-
I
I
0
2
3
0
I
II
I
II
Handle
position
0
I
II
Mounting
position in
flange
2
3
1
Handle
position
0
II
0
0
I
I
3
1
Diagram 5
I
II
I
3
II
4
II
4
II
5
II
5
0
0
0
Contacts operated.
Contact block is operating at
half stroke, position that keeps both
NO and NC contacts OPEN.
Mounting position for LED blocks in
illuminated switches.
Mounting
position in
flange
2
3
1
0
0
I
II
I
-
0
I
2
Diagram 4
Mounting
position in
flange
2
3
1
0
0
I
Mounting position in
flange
II
Diagram 3
Handle
position
II
-
I
0
I
1
3
II
Contacts in the rest position.
Diagram 2
Handle position
3
II
0
CK3R45ZB
II
3
II
0
I
I
2
II
0
CK3RE45
Mounting position in the
flange
2
II
0
CK3RD45
Handle position
II
0
I
I
1
I
CK2R90
0
II
-
I
0
1
I
0
I
Diagram 1
I
0
-
Diagram
II
II
II
II
Notes:
1.
2.
146
For diferent key code on request
Key released on in any position. For other options replace: - CY for CYD for key released only from right - CY for CYE for key released
only from left -CY for CYC for key released on only from center.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm) - Accessories
Contact Blocks code composition
BC - Contact Block
BCA - Early Make
BCR - Delayed Break
!!"!"!"#CSW
Number of NC contacts
Number of NO contacts
Double
BC01 - 1NC
BC10 - 1NO
BCA10 - 1NO (early make)
BCR01 - 1NC (delayed break)
Overview
Single
BC11 - 1NO + 1NC
BC20 - 2NO
BC02 - 2NC
Lamp Blocks
CSW-BID
CSW-BIRD-D66
- For lamps with BA9s socket
- Maximum voltage 380V (2W)
- Lamp not included
- VAC/DC
- This block (resistor + diode)
allows use in 220-240VAC
- Incandescent lamp included
Ba9s socket - 130V
Push-On / Push-Off Block
Lamps
BR-3P-CSW
Incandescent (Ba9s)
- For BF, BGA, BC,
BFI, BSI and BCI pushbuttons
L6VI-E48-0,6W
L12VI-E25-1,8W
L24VI-E26-2W
L48VI-E27-2W
L60VI-E28-1,2W
L130VI-E30-2W
L220VI-E31-2W
Note: Only used with single
contacts. For NO contact use
BCA10 type (early make).
Voltage Reducer Blocks
LED Blocks
220VDC
BRT2+BIDL-_C13(125VDC)
380-460VAC BRT4+BIDL-_D66(220-240VAC)
0 Clear / White
1 Red
125 VDC
2 Green
380-460 VAC
3 Yellow
4 Blue
For 220VDC or 380-460VAC voltages, use BRT block
E&OE
220-240 VAC
Code
E25
E26
E27
D61
C13
D66
Composition
220 VDC
CSW-BIDL - _ _
Ue
125 VDC
BRT blocks
CSW-BIDL
Colors
Voltage
12VAC/DC
24VAC/DC
48VAC/DC
110-130VAC
125VDC
220-240VAC
6 VAC/DC
12 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
48 VAC/DC
60 VAC/DC
130 VAC/DC
220 VAC/DC (Neon)
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
220-240 VAC
149
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm) - Accessories
Engraved Caps for Flush Pushbutton
Cap Flush
Pushbutton
Illuminated
Pushbuttons (Lens)
ALBI30
Stop
ACB30
Start
ACB31
ALBI31
Rectilinear Movement
ACB32
ALBI32
Clockwise rotation
ACB33
ALBI33
Counterclockwise rotation
ACB34
ALBI34
Feed
ACB35
ALBI35
Flange
AF3
3 positions
AF5
5 positions
Overview
Symbol
Legend Plate 1)
Plate Holder + Legend Plate 1)
Black and Red
Black and Red
Type
(27 x 18 mm) plate included
Single
Double (BD)
APP30
APP60
AP30
Clear
Clear
Type
(27 x 18 mm) plate included
Single
Double (BD)
APP30T
APP60T
AP30T
Plate dimensions (27 x 18 mm)
Flush Pushbutton Caps (color change)
Tools
Spare Lens (pilot lights)
ACB0
ALSD0
ACB1
CPAW
Fixing tool
ALSD1
ACB2
ALSD2
ACB3
ALSD3
ACB4
ACEF
Lamp extractor
ALSD4
ACB5
Emergency Pushbutton Protection
Pushbutton Protections
Hole Plug
ATR
APEG
APBF - Flush Pushbutton
APBI - Extended Pushbuttons
APBD - Double Pushbutton
Blank ID Plate
Emergency-Stop Plate
Reduction ring 30mm to 22mm
APN
APE
AR30
Note:
1.
Plates engraved on request.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
151
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm) - Assembled Units
Reference Code
Description
Configuration
CSW-BF1-0100000
FLUSH PUSHBUTTON - RED - 1 NC
BF1 + BC01
CSW-BF2-1000000
FLUSH PUSHBUTTON - GREEN - 1 NO
BF2 + BC10
CSW-BF5-1000000
FLUSH PUSHBUTTON - BLACK - 1 NO
BF5 + BC10
CSW-BC1-0100000
MUSHROOM PUSHBUTTON - RED - 1 NC
BC1 + BC01
CSW-BC2-1000000
MUSHROOM PUSHBUTTON - GREEN - 1 NO
BC2 + BC10
CSW-BEG-0100000
EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON - RED - 1 NC
BEG + BC01
CSW-BD-1100000
DOUBLE PUSHBUTTON - GREEN/RED - 1 NO + 1 NC
BD + BC10 + BC01
Overview
Pushbuttons
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Reference Code
Description
Configuration
ILLUMINATED EXTENDED PUSHBUTTON - RED - 1 NC - 110-130VAC
BFI1 + BC01 + BIDL-1D61
CSW-BFI1-0100000D66
ILLUMINATED EXTENDED PUSHBUTTON - RED - 1 NC - 220-240VAC
BFI1 + BC01 + BIDL-1D66
CSW-BFI2-1000000D61
ILLUMINATED EXTENDED PUSHBUTTON - GREEN - 1 NO - 110-130VAC
BFI2 + BC10 + BIDL-2D61
CSW-BFI1-0100000D61
CSW-BFI2-1000000D66
ILLUMINATED EXTENDED PUSHBUTTON - GREEN - 1 NO - 220-240VAC
BFI2 + BC10 + BIDL-2D66
CSW-BD-1000000D61
ILLUMINATED DOUBLE PUSHBUTTON - GREEN/RED - 1 NO + 1 NC - 110-130VAC
BD + BC10 + BC01 + BIDL-1D61
CSW-BD-1100000D66
ILLUMINATED DOUBLE PUSHBUTTON - GREEN/RED - 1 NO + 1 NC - 220-240VAC
BD + BC10 + BC01 + BIDL-1D66
Color Table
Color
Clear/White
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
Black 1)
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
Symbol
Note: 1) Black color not available for WEG illuminated pushbuttons.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
153
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm) - Assembled Units
Selector Switches
Overview
Reference Code
Description
Composition
SELECTOR SWITCH KNOB - 2 FIXED POSITIONS - 1 NO
CK2F45 + BC10
CSW-CK3F45-2000000
SELECTOR SWITCH KNOB - 3 FIXED POSITIONS - 2 NO
CK3F45 + BC10 + BC10
CSW-CA2F45-1000000
SELECTOR SWITCH LEVER - 2 FIXED POSITIONS - 1 NO
CA2F45 + BC10
CSW-CA3F45-2000000
SELECTOR SWITCH LEVER - 3 FIXED POSITIONS - 2 NO
CA3F45 + BC10 + BC10
CSW-CK2F45-1000000
Illuminated Selector Switches
Description
Composition
CSW-CKI2F901-1000000D61
Reference Code
ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH - RED - 2 FIXED POSITIONS - 1 NO - 110-13VAC
CKI2F901 + BC10 + BIDL-1D61
CSW-CKI2F901-1000000D66
ILLUMINATED SELEC. SWITCH - RED - 2 FIXED POSITIONS - 1 NO - 220-240VAC
CKI2F901 + BC10 + BIDL-1D66
CSW-CKI2F902-1000000D61
ILLUMINATED SELEC. SWITCH - GREEN- 2 FIXED POSITIONS - 1 NO - 110-130VAC
CKI2F902 + BC10 + BIDL-2D61
CSW-CKI2F902-1000000D66
ILLUMINATED SELEC. SWITCH - GREEN - 2 FIXED POSITIONS - 1 NO - 220-240VAC
CKI2F902 + BC10 + BIDL-2D66
CSW-CKI3F451-2000000D61
ILLUMINATED SELEC. SWITCH - RED - 3 FIXED POSITIONS - 2 NO - 110-130VAC
CKI3F451 + (2x) BC10 + BIDL-1D61
CSW-CKI3F451-2000000D66
ILLUMINATEDSELEC. SWITCH - RED - 3 FIXED POSITIONS - 2 NO - 220-240VAC
CKI3F451 + (2x) BC10 + BIDL-1D66
CSW-CKI3F452-2000000D61
ILLUMINATED SELEC. SWITCH - GREEN - 3 FIXED POSITIONS - 2 NO - 110-130VAC
CKI3F452 + (2x) BC10 + BIDL-2D61
CSW-CKI3F452-2000000D66
ILLUMINATED SELEC. SWITCH - GREEN - 3 FIXED POSITIONS - 2 NO - 220-240VAC
CKI3F452 + (2x) BC10 + BIDL-2D66
Pilot Lights
Reference Code
Description
Composition
PILOT LIGHT - RED - 110-130VAC
SD1 + BIDL-1D61
CSW-SD1-D66
PILOT LIGHT - RED - 220-240VAC
SD1 + BIDL-1D66
CSW-SD2-D61
PILOT LIGHT - GREEN - 110-130VAC
SD2 + BIDL-2D61
CSW-SD2-D66
PILOT LIGHT - GREEN - 220-240VAC
SD2 + BIDL-2D66
CSW-SD1-D61
154
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
Standards
Certifications
Rated insulation Voltage
Rated impulse Voltage
IEC/EN 60947-5-1. VDE 0660. UL 508. UL 50. CENELEC EN 50007. EN418(CSW-BES). IEC60947-5-5(CSW-BES)
CE. cULus. IRAM
690V (IEC/EN 60947-1)
2.5kV (IEC/EN 60947-1)
IP66 (IEC 60529)
Degree of Protection
NEMA 1. 2. 3. 3R. 3S. 4. 4X. 5. 12. 12K and 13 according to UL 508
Terminal Degree of Protection
IP2X (IEC 60529)
Conventional Thermal Current Ith
Electrical performance
according to IEC
60947-5-1 of auxiliary
contacts
Utilization category
DC-13
Ue (V)
Ie (A)
24
10
48
10
60
10
110
6
220
3
Technical Data
Utilization category
AC-15
10A
380
2
500
1.5
600
1.2
Ue (V)
Ie (A)
24
2.5
48
1.4
60
1
110
0.55
220
0.27
300
0.2
600
0.1
AC / Heavy Duty (A600)
Performance according to UL and CSA
DC / Standard Duty (Q600)
Contact Resistance
≤ 25m Ω (IEC 60255)
Protection against short circuit
Electrical shock protection
Terminal Capacity
Ambient Temperature Allowed
Shock Resistance
Vibration Resistance
Mechanical Lifespan
16A gL/gG fuses in accordance with IEC 60269-1 and IEC 60269-3
MPW16-3-U010 Motor protective circuit breaker
Class II (IEC 60536)
Min: (1 x 0.5 mm2) and Max: (2 x 2. 5 mm2)
-25ºC to 70ºC
No damage or disassembling up to 100g (½ senoid 11ms. in accordance with MIL 202B method 202A)
16g for a frequency range of 40 to 500Hz (IEC/EN 6068-2-6.) Maximum displacement 0.75 mm (peak to peak)
Pushbuttons
3 x 106 operations
Switches
1 x 106 operations
Emergency Pushbuttons
3 x 105 operations
Maximum number of contacts
BF. BGA Pushbuttons
BC. BD. BFI. BSI and BCI pushbuttons and
switches
BEG. BEY. BESG. BESP and BESY emergency
pushbuttons
3 position flange
5 position flange
Max 6
Max 10
Max 4
Max 8
Max 2
-
BIDL block ratings
Rated operation voltage
Consumption
Rated Impulse Voltage Ui
Ambient Temperature Allowed
Mechanical Lifespan
0.85 ... 1.10 x Ue
20mA
2.5kV (IEC/EN 60947-1)
- 25°C to 70°C
100.000h
Red 70 mcd
Yellow 115 mcd
Brightness
White 275 mcd
Blue 64 mcd
Green 150 mcd
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
155
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
BEY
CK
CA
Dimensions (mm)
BEG
CKI
CY
BSI
BD
BF
BC1
BCI
BFI
BGA
SD
BF + AF3 + BC (double)
47,0
BESG
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
BESP
E&OE
47,0
42,0
29,5
30,5
42,0
30,5
42,0
47,0
156
BFI + AF3 + BR + BIDL
30,5
BF + AF3 + BC
BESY
www.zest.co.za
Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights - CSW Series (Ø 22mm)
APBI
APBD
AR30
APE
Dimensions (mm)
APBF
APEG
ATR
APP30
APP60
Installation Distance
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
157
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Electronic Relays
WEG Electronic Relays
High precision electronic circuit with noise immunity.
Compact, with a 22.5mm width frame, direct mounting on DIN rail 35mm or fixed with screws.
! Equipped with reliability LED for status indications.
!
!
Overview
Standards
IEC / EN1812-1
IEC / EN 60947-1
IEC / EN 60947-5-1
UL508 CAN/CSA C22.2
Certifications
RTW Timing Relays with 2 timing ranges (adjustable from 0.1 sec up to 150 hours) and 9 functions.
Compact, only 22.5 mm wide, can be assembled on DIN rail 35mm or with screws.
Provided with high precision electronic circuit and line noise immunity.
LED for status indication.
High reliability contacts.
!"
!"
!"
!"
!"
Timing Relay RTW
Ideal for applications such as industrial processes,
automation and motor starters, RTW timing relays switch an
output signal based on a selected time and function.
With a 22.5 mm width frame the RTW is supplied as a
competitive solution including the following features:
Direct mounting on DIN rail 35 mm or fixed with screws;
1 or 2 output contacts (NOC);
! RE – On-Delay
! RD – Off-Delay
!"RDI – Off-Delay without Control Voltage
! PE – Impulse On
! CI – Asymmetric Flasher Start ON
! CIR – Asymmetric Flasher Start OFF
! CIL – Symmetric Flasher - Start ON
! CID – Symmetric Flasher - Start OFF
! ET – Star - Delta
!
!
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
159
www.zest.co.za
Product selection
Monitoring Relays RPW
RPW monitoring relays are a competitive choice for monitoring
voltage to protect against the most common types of electrical
failures. Monitoring voltages in electric installations are important for
several reasons. Overvoltage, or phase loss, can cause machinery
and motors, thus reducing overheat, their lifetime. Phase sequence
inversion can cause machinery to run in the wrong way, then
destroying the entire system, and undervoltage may occur causing
machinery to run in an undefined range, which could cause some
parts of a system to run properly while others cease operating.
With five different functions, the RPW series is ideal to be used in
electric motor control panel applications.
RPW SF – Phase Sequence Relay
RPW FF – Phase Loss Relay
! RPW FSF – Phase Sequence and Phase Loss Relay
! RPW SS – Under and Overvoltage Relay
! RPW PTC – Thermistor Relay
!
Overview
!
Level Relay RNW
These electronic control devices enable the monitoring and
automatic level adjustment of the electrical current liquid
conductor. Widely used in reservoir automation and can be used
in several applications.
The RNW Level Relay line with 22.5 mm wide housing
offers the following functions:
!
!
160
RNW EN - Filling
RNW ES - Draining
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Timing Relays RTW
Ideal for applications such as industrial processes, automation and motor starters, RTW timing relays switch an output signal
based on a selected time and function.
With a 22.5 mm width frame the RTW is a competitive solution with:
! Direct mounting on DIN rail 35 mm or fixed with screws using the PLMP accessory;
! 1 or 2 output contacts (NO/NC).
!"Wide Supply voltage: 24-240VAC 50/60Hz / VDC
! 2 timing ranges, adjustable from 0,1 seconds to 150 hours, with 9 different functions.
Offered in the following timing functions:
RTW- RE ' On-Delay
! RTW- RD ' Off-Delay
! RTW- RDI ' Off-Delay without Control Voltage
! RTW- PE ' Impulse On
! RTW- CI ' Asymmetric Flasher Start ON
! RTW- CIR ' Asymmetric Flasher Start OFF
! RTW- CIL ' Symmetric Flasher - Start ON
! RTW-CID ' Symmetric Flasher - Start OFF
! RTW- ET ' Star – Delta (1)
!
Standards
IEC / EN1812-1
IEC / EN 60947-1
IEC / EN 60947-5-1
Overview
Certifications
Selection
RTW
-
__
01 - U030S
E05
Timing Relay
Type
RE - On-Delay
PE - Impulse On
CI - Asymmetric Flasher Start ON
CIR - Asymmetric Flasher Start OFF
CIL - Symmetric Flasher - Start ON
CID - Symmetric Flasher - Start OFF
RD - Off-Delay
RDI - Off-Delay without Control Voltage
ET - Star – Delta (1)
Code
Voltage
E05
24-240VAC 50/60 Hz/ VDC
E26
Voltage Supply:
According to following
table
Timing Range
MAT – 0.1 second to 10 minutes (2)
MBT – 0.2 second to 150 hours (2)
U001S - 0.1 to 1 second (3)
U003S - 0.3 to 3 seconds (3)
U010S - 1 to 10 seconds (3)
U030S - 3 to 30 seconds (3)
U060S - 6 to 60 seconds (3)
U100S - 10 to 100 seconds (2)
U300S - 30 to 300 seconds (3)
Number of Output Contacts
01 – 1 Output Contact
02 – 2 Output Contacts
RTW-RE RTW-PE RTW-CI RTW-CIR RTW-CIL RTW-CID RTW-RD RTW-RDI RTW-ET
X
X
X
X
24VAC 50/60Hz / 24VDC
X
X
E33
48VAC 50/60Hz / 24VDC
X
X
E37
110-130VAC 50/60Hz / 24VDC
X
X
E40
220-240VAC 50/60Hz / 24VDC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Notes:
1. Star-Delta function requires 2 output contacts and MAT timing range
2. Timing ranges not available for RTW-CI/CIR/RDI
3. Timing ranges available for RTW-CI/CIR/RDI
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
161
www.zest.co.za
Operating Mode
Timing Diagram
RTW RE (ON - Delay) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1-A2 / A3-A2 the
selected time delay begins and the green LED switches on. After the end of the delay time
the output relay picks up (red LED turns on) and remains energized until the supply voltage
is removed. This can be repeated as often as required.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW PE (Impulse On) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1-A2 / A3-A2 (green
LED turns on) the output relay picks up without delay (red LED turns on) and remains
energized until the selected pulse time elapse (red LED turns OFF). This can be repeated as
often as required.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
Functions
RTW RD (OFF Delay) – This function requires continuous supply voltage on terminals A1-A2
(green LED turns on) and timing is controlled by a command contact at terminals A2-B1. If
the command contact is energized, the output relay picks up (red LED turns on) and after
the command contact is removed the selected time delay begins. When the selected time
elapses the output relay is de-energized (red LED turns OFF). This can be repeated as often
as required.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW RDI (OFF Delay with no control) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1-A2 /
A3-A2, the green LED turns on and the output relay picks up without delay (red LED turns
on). If the supply voltage is de-energized, the selected time delay begins and when this time
elapses, the output relay is de-energized (red LED turns OFF). This can be repeated as often
as required.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW CI (Asymmetric Flasher Start ON) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1-A2 /
A3-A2 the green LED turns on and the timer starts to pulse with adjustable ON/OFF cycles.
The upper dial presets the ON time (red LED turns ON and output relay picks up) and the
lower selects the OFF time when the output relay is de-energized.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW CIR (Asymmetric Flasher Start OFF) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1A2 / A3-A2 the green LED turns on and the timer starts to pulse with adjustable OFF/ON
cycles. The upper dial presets the ON time (red LED turns ON and output relay picks up) and
the lower select the OFF time when the output relay is de-energized.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW CIL (Symmetric Flasher –Start ON) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1-A2
/ A3-A2 the green LED turns on and the timer starts to pulse with symmetric ON/OFF
cycles. The dial presets a fixed ON time (red LED turns ON and output relay picks up) and
OFF time.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW CID (Symmetric Flasher - Start OFF) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1A2 / A3-A2 the green LED turns on and the timer starts to pulse with symmetric OFF/ON
cycles.The dial presets a fixed ON time (red LED turns ON and output relay picks up) and
OFF time.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
RTW ET (Star-Delta) – Connecting a supply voltage on terminals A1-A2 / A3-A2 the output
relay for the wye-connection picks up and the adjusted time starts (red LED turns ON).
When the start-up time elapses, a fixed star-delta changeover time of 100 ms starts and
after this star-delta changeover time elapses the output relay for the delta-connection picks
up and stays energized until the supply is disconnected.
Reset: Removing supply voltage resets the time delay and the output.
Where: t, tON, tOFF adjusted time,tM Dead time
162
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
t
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
t
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Command
A1 - B1
t
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
t
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
t
t
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
ton toff
ton
toff
ton
toff ton
toff ton
toff
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18 / 25 - 28
Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output Y
15 - 18
Output (
25 - 28
t
tm
www.zest.co.za
Connection Diagrams
1E
Terminal positions
A1 15
RTW-RE
2E
A1 15
A3
RTW-PE
1E
A3
A1 15
RTW RE
RTW RE
RTW PE
16 18
25 26
16 18
16 18
A2
RTW-RE02
A3
RTW PE
A2
RTW-PE01
25 26
28
16 18
A2
RTW-PE02
A1 15
A1 15
A3
RTW CI
16 18
A3
RTW CI
A2
RTW-C..01
25 26
28
16 18
A2
RTW-C..02
RTW - RD / RDI
1E
2E
A1 15
A1 15
B1
RTW - ET
2E
B1
A1 15
A3
RTW RD
RTW RD
RTW ET
25 26
16 18
25 26
28
16 18
16 18
A2
A2
RTW-R..01
28
A2
RTW-R..02
A1 - A2
Supply
voltage
A2 - A3
Supply
voltage
24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
220-240V, 24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
24-240VAC/VDC
(50/60Hz)
Voltage
24 VDC
Voltage
24 VDC
Voltage
24 VDC
X
Voltage
24 VDC
A2 - B1
Control
voltage
X
X
X
Voltages
24-240VAC/VDC
(50/60Hz)
X
15 - 16 - 18
Output 1
Output 1
Output 1
Output 1
Output 1
25 - 26 - 28
Output 2
Output 2
Output 2
Output 2
Output 2
Timing Relay Adjustment
The desired timing must be adjusted through its front adjustment DIAL, the scale of which is presented in seconds for all timing,
except for the 3 to 30 minute scale.
RTW-CI / CIR / RDI
RTW-RE / PE / CIL /
CID / RD
RTW-ET
0.1 sec to 10 min
0.2 sec to 150 h
0.1 sec to 10 min
0.1 sec to 1 sec
0.3 sec to 3 sec
1 sec to 10 sec
3 sec to 30 sec
6 sec to 60 sec
30 sec to 300 sec
3 min to 30 min
Light indications on Relay
The RTW Timing Relay has status indicator LEDs, as shown below:
RTW - RE
RTW-PE RTW-CI/CIR/CIL/CID RTW-RD/
RDI
Red LED
Energized Output
Green LED
Energized Relay
RTW - ET
Red LED
Star Output
Green LED
Delta Output
The RTW relays can be individually mounted on DIN 35mm rail or with screws using the PLMP accessory.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
163
Characteristics
Circuit
Diagram
RTW-RE01
28
A2
A1 15
A3
RTW-CI/CIL/CID/CIR
1E
2E
2E
www.zest.co.za
Monitoring Relays RPW
WEG RPW Relays are electronic devices that protect three phase systems against phase loss or selectable neutral loss (RPW
FF), phase sequence inversion (RPW SF) or both of the functions integrated into the same product (RPW FSF). Whenever
there is failure in the three phase system the relay will work to interrupt the motor of process operation to be protected.
Designed in accordance with international standards, the RPW Monitoring Relays offer a compact and competitive solution,
with 22.5mm wide housing for assembly on DIN 35mm rail.
RPW SF
Standards
IEC / EN 60947-1
IEC / EN 60947-5-1
Certifications
Selection
RPW
-
SF
-
Supply Voltage Selection.
According to following table:
Available voltages:
D66 = 220-240VAC 50/60 Hz
D70 = 380-415VAC 50/60 Hz
D74 = 440-480VAC 50/60 Hz
D66
Phase sequence
WEG Monitoring Relay
Connection Diagrams
Overview
The Phase Sequence Relay is designed to protect three phase systems
against phase sequence inversion (L1-L2-L3).
Functioning: on connecting the relay to the supply with the phase sequences
correctly connected, the output relay switches the contacts to operation
position (closing terminals 15-18) and the red LED turns on. When a phase
sequence inversion occurs the output contacts will become de-energized
(opening 15-18) and the red LED will turn OFF.
Functional Diagram
V
L1 15 L2
L1
L1-L2-L3
L2 L3
Inversion
L1-L2-L3
15
t
LED
RPW SF
16 18
16
18
LED
ON
L3
Light indicators on relay
The RPW Monitoring Relay is
equipped with status indicator
LEDs, as shown on the right:
Power Supply
L1-L2-L3
Output
15 - 18
LED
OFF
15
15
16 18
16 18
Assembly
Energized Output
Energized Relay
E&OE
The RPW Relays can be individually
mounted on DIN 35mm rail or with screws
using the PLMP accessory.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
167
www.zest.co.za
RPW FF
Overview
RPW FF (neutral not selected)
The Phase Loss Relay is designed to protect
three phase systems against phase loss with
feedback.
Functioning: Directly connected to the supply
to be monitored, feeding the 3 phases with
phase amplitude within the selected limits, the
output relay switches the contacts to operation
position (closing terminals 15-18) and the red
LED switches on. When loss occurs in one of
the phases in relation to the others to a value
below the percentage limit selected through
the sensitivity adjustment DIAL (monitoring
against motor ghost phase) the output contact
(opening 15-18) will become de-energized and
the red LED indicating system running will
switch OFF.
RPW FF (neutral selected)
Designed to protect three phase systems
with neutral.
Functioning: In the same product, a bridge
must be provided between terminals A and
B for neutral monitoring. The relay will
perform the same monitoring for phase
loss and will also monitor the voltage in
neutral, which must be connected. When
this value exceeds 20V, there will be output
de-energization (opening 15-18). A value
considered unbalanced loads.
Note: When we monitor a motor, the current of the remaining phases increases generated by a phase loss, which will cause motor overheating.
Winding with armature voltage works as a voltage generator, called “ghost phase”. The RPW FF will protect the motor in the situation.
Selection
RPW -
FF
-
Supply Voltage Selection.
According to below table:
Available Voltages:
D66 = 220-240VAC 50/60 Hz
D70 = 380-415VAC 50/60 Hz
D74 = 440-480VAC 50/60 Hz
D66
Phase Loss
WEG Monitoring Relay
Functional Diagram
Connection Diagrams
V
L1 15 L2
L1
L2
Nominal Voltage
L3
Un
15
L1-L2
L3
Sensitivity
Adjustment
90 to 70% Un
L1-L2-L3
Phase or
neutral loss
L1-L2
L3
t
RPW FF
A
B
LED
A
B
N
16
18
N
16 18 L3
Power Supply
L1-L2-L3
Output
15 - 18
LED
ON
15
Neutral
Selection
16 18
LED
OFF
15
16 18
16 18
Sensitivity Adjustment
Relay Light Indications
Monitoring Relay RPW has
status indicating LEDs, as
shown on the right:
LED
OFF
15
Energized Output
Energized Relay
Relay sensitivity adjustment
must be performed through
the adjustment Dial located
on the front. Adjust the
desired percentage from 70
to 90%, which will define the
loss percentage of a phase in
relation to the others.
Assembly
The RPW Relays can be individually mounted on DIN 35mm rail or with screws using the PLMP accessory.
168
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
RPW FSF
RPW FSF (neutral not selected)
The Phase Loss and Sequence Relay is designed
to protect three phase systems against phase loss
and reversions. Functioning: directly connected to
the supply to be monitored, supplying the 3
phases and the phase amplitude to be within the
selected limits and in the correct sequence, the
output relay switches the contacts to the work
position (closing terminals 15-18) and the red LED
will switch on. When phase loss or reversion
occurs the output contacts (opening 15-18)
become de-energized and the red LED indicating
system running switch OFF.
RPW FSF (neutral selected)
„
In the same product, a “jumper must
be made between terminals A and B
for neutral monitoring, the relay will
perform the same monitoring for
phase loss and balancing and will also
monitor the voltage in neutral, which
must be connected. When the voltage
at neutral exceeds 20V, value that
considers unbalanced loads, there will
be output de-energization (opens 1518).
RPW
-
FSF
-
D66
Phase Loss and Sequence
WEG Monitoring Relay
Functional Diagram
Connection Diagrams
V
L1 15 L2
L1
Overview
Supply Voltage Selection.
According to below table:
Available Voltages:
D66 = 220-240VAC 50/60 Hz
D70 = 380-415VAC 50/60 Hz
D74 = 440-480VAC 50/60 Hz
Selection
L2
Nominal Voltage
L3
Un
L1-L2
L1-L2-L3
Phase
inversion
L1-L2-L3
L3
Sensitivity
Adjustment
90 to 70% Un
15
Phase or
neutral loss
L1-L2
L3
t
RPW FSF
A
B
LED
A
B
N
16
18
LED
ON
15
N
16 18 L3
Power Supply
L1-L2-L3
Output
15 - 18
Neutral
Selection
16 18
LED
OFF
15
LED
OFF
15
16 18
16 18
16 18
Sensitivity Adjustment
Relay Light Indications
Monitoring Relay RPW has
status indicating LEDs, as
shown on the right:
LED
OFF
15
Energized Output
Energized Relay
Relay sensitivity adjustment must be
performed through the adjustment
Dial located on the front, adjust the
desired percentage from 70 to 90%,
which will define the loss percentage
of a phase in relation to the others.
Assembly
The RPW Relays can be individually mounted on DIN 35mm rail or with screws using the PLMP accessory.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
169
www.zest.co.za
RPW SS
The WEG RPW SS Relay is designed to protect three phase systems against under or over
voltage and phase loss.
Functioning: directly connected to the 3 three phases to be monitored (L1, L2 and L3) and being
the phases amplitude within the sensitivity limits adjusted on the front scales, the relay switches
the contacts to the operation position, (closing terminals 15 – 18) and the red LED will switch on.
When any failure occurs in the system causing under or over voltage or even phase loss relay
de-energization will occur (opening terminals 15-18) protecting the monitored equipment and the
red LED turns OFF.
Overview
Selection
RPW
-
SS
-
Voltage selection according to the below table:
Available Voltages:
D77
D77 = 208VAC 50/60 Hz
D23 = 220VAC 50/60 Hz
D24 = 230VAC 50/60 Hz
D25 = 240VAC 50/60 Hz
D33 = 380VAC 50/60 Hz
Under and Over Voltage
WEG Monitoring Relay
Connection Diagram
D34 = 400VAC 50/60 Hz
D35 = 415VAC 50/60 Hz
D36 = 440VAC 50/60 Hz
D38 = 460VAC 50/60 Hz
D39 = 480VAC 50/60 Hz
Functional Diagram
V
Under
Voltage
Over
Voltage
Phase
Loss
L1 15 L2
L1
L2
L3
Lower
Limit
15
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
LED
RPW SS
16
18
Power Supply
L1-L2-L3
Output
15 - 18
LED
ON
15
16 18 L3
16 18
Relay Light Indications
On
Off
LED
OFF
15
LED
OFF
15
LED
OFF
15
LED
OFF
15
16 18
16 18
16 18
16 18
Sensitivity Adjustment
Normal Operation
Under, Overvoltage and
Phase loss
On
Energized
Off
Energized
The sensitivity adjustment is
performed by 2 dials located on the
front of the Relay. Selection is from
–15% to –3% (for under voltage) and
+3% to +15% (for over voltage).
Assembly
The RPW Relays can be individually mounted on DIN 35mm rail or with screws using the PLMP accessory.
170
Asymmetry
Upper
Limit
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
t
www.zest.co.za
RPW PTC
The WEG RPW PTC Relay is an electronic monitoring device enabling monitoring against
temperatures in excess of the given limit by PTC selection in machines (motors,
generators, etc...) equipped with a PTC temperature detector.
Designed in accordance with international standards, the RPW PTC offers a safe and
compact solution, with standardized 22.5mm boxes for insertion in DIN rail 35mm.
Functioning: The RPW PTC Relay must be series connected to PTC detectors (maximum
of 3 detectors), and being energized, and at a temperature below the disarming value, the
output relay will be instaneously switched (energized), activating the red LED.
If there is a temperature rise above the rated temperature a sudden variation in the PTC
detector resistance will occur, and the output relay will be de-energized (red LED switches
OFF), the relay will be energized again once the temperature returns to normal values. The
RTW PTC is equipped with a PTC detector test device, and if this is in failure, there will be
a LED indication (LED flashing) that the PTC is in short-circuit or open.
Selection
-
PTC
WEG Monitoring Relay
-
E 16
Overview
RPW
Available Voltage Range:
E05= 24-240VAC/DC
PTC Detector
Functional Diagram
R [)]
3600
2500
1500
1000
50
0
Green LED
Red LED
Power Supply
A1 - A2 / A3 - A2
Output
15 - 18
LED
ON
LED
OFF
LED
Flashing
15
15
15
15
16 18
16 18
16 18
16 18
Relay Light Indications
Connection Diagram
A1 15
RPW PTC
LED
Flashing
Terminals
A1 - A2
Voltage Supply
24...240 VCA / VDC
S1 - S2
PTC sensor input
15 - 16 - 18
Output
On
Off
On
Off
Flashing
Normal Operation
Elevated Temperature
Energized
Not energized
PTC sensor failure
S1 S2
16 18 A2
Assembly
The RPW Relays can be individually mounted on DIN 35mm rail or with screws using the PLMP accessory.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
171
www.zest.co.za
Level Relays RNW
The WEG Level Relays are electronic control devices that enable the monitoring and automatic adjustment of the level in
electric current liquid conductors. Widely used in reservoir automation in general, the RNW relays can be used in several
applications such as the prevention of dry pump operation, monitoring against filling tank overflow, activation of solenoids or
alarms / lighting.
The operating principle is based on the measuring of the electrical resistance of the reservoir liquid through an assembly of
electrodes that work as liquid presence / absence sensors. To optimize their performance, the relay has a sensitivity DIAL
enabling the electronic circuit to be adjusted to the liquid resistance.
Available in 2 distinct functions, RNW EN filling and RNW ES draining, the relay offers digital electronics that provide high
precision, repeatability and noise resistance. The supply system is isolated from the electronic circuit therefore ensuring greater
user safety. Designed in accordance with international standards, the RNW offers a safe and compact solution, in 22.5mm wide
housing for assembly on DIN rail 35mm, with 1 output with NO/NC reversable contact and an ample voltage supply range of 100240 VAC/VDC.
Standards
Available in the following functions:
RNW EN -> Filling
RNW ES -> Draining
IEC / EN 60947-1
IEC / EN 60947-5-1
Overview
!"
!"
Approval
Selection
RNW
WEG Level Relay
-
__
-
E 09
Available Voltage Range
E09 = 100-240VAC/VDC
Type: EN - Filling
ES - Draining
Functioning
The electrodes are fixed in the reservoir according to desired
levels for control, minimum or maximum, and the reference
electrode (C) must be positioned in the lower part, below the
other electrodes, maximum level electrode (Max) and minimum
level etectrode (Min). When the system is energized an alternating
current (the AC current minimizes the electrolysis and increases
the life span of the electrode) is applied to the reference
electrode, once the liquid comes into contact with the level
electrodes a path is established for the circulation of electrical
current between the electrodes. An electronic current compares
the current and according to the chosen model (RNW ES or
RNW EN) a logic will occur that switches the relay output
contacts. The electrodes are available in 2 models, shaft (EHW)
or pendulum (EPW), the difference between them is the way of
fixing. In order to adapt the several applications the RNW is
available in two distinct functions, draining and filling.
172
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
MaxElec
MaxElec
MinElec
Min Elec
C Elect
C Elect.
Pendulum Type
Shaft Type
Note: The EHW can be fixed both horizontally and vertically
www.zest.co.za
RNW EN (Filling)
Controls 2 levels using the 3 electrodes, the reference electrode (C), the maximum level
electrode (Max) and the minimum level electrode (Min). Once supplied the RNW EN monitors
the liquid level in the reservoir, with the electrode being uncovered at minimum level Min, the
output relay will become energized (terminals 15-18 closed) causing the liquid level to rise.
When the reservoir liquid covers the Max level electrode, the relay goes into a state of rest
(terminals 15-18 open) and thus remains until the Min level electrode is discovered again. If
there is a relay supply failure when resupplying the RNW EN monitors the liquid level and
restart its initial logic.
Connection Diagrams
A1
15
Functional Diagram
Max
Min
Level
C
Max
15
15
15
16 18
16 18
16 18
LED
OFF
LED
OFF
LED
OFF
RNW EN
Overview
15
Min
C
16
t
Supply Voltage
A1-A2
18
15 - 18
Max Min C
16 18 A2
LED
ON
15
LED
ON
15
16 18
16 18
LED
ON
15
16 18
RNW ES (Draining)
Controls 2 levels using the 3 electrodes, the reference electrode (C), the maximum level
electrode (Max) and the minimum level electrode (Min). Once supplied the RNW ES checks the
liquid level in the reservoir, with this being in contact with the Max level electrode, the relay will
become energized (terminals 15-18 closed), causing the reservoir liquid level begin to drop.
Once the Min level electrode is uncovered by the liquid the relay will switch to rest status
(terminals 15-18 open) and will thus remain until the liquid enters into contact again with the
Max level electrode, restarting the process. If there is a relay supply failure when resupplying
the RNW ES verifies the liquid level and restarts its initial logic.
Connection Diagrams
A1 15
Max
Functional diagram
Min
Level
C
16 18
LED
OFF
Min
RNW ES
C
15
16 18
LED
OFF
Max
15
Max Min
15
16
C
Supply Voltage
A1-A2
15 - 18
18
16 18 A2
t
LED
ON
15
16 18
E&OE
LED
ON
15
16 18
LED
ON
15
16 18
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
173
www.zest.co.za
Overview
Applications
Characteristics
Sensitivity Adjustment
Liquid resistance can vary according to the resistance of the liquid in question
and the position of the electrodes. To adapt the relay electronic circuit to the
liquid used, sensitivity must be adjusted through the DIAL, located in the front
part of the RNW, which has a graded scale without values.
To perform the sensitivity adjustment, all electrodes must be submersed in the
reservoir liquid and the DIAL positioned at its limit anti-clockwise (less
resistance). With the relay energized the DIAL must be turned clockwise
(greater resistance) until the relay output switches its contacts (the red LED
must change status). To confirm the adjustment, the reference electrode C
must be disconnected and then quickly reconnected, the relay must return to
its previous status of de-energization. If this does not happen, a new
adjustment must be performed. By doing this the RNW will be adjusted to the
ideal sensitivity point.
Relay Light Indications
The RNW Level Relay is equipped with indicator
LEDs as shown on the right:
Energized Output
Energized Relay
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
175
www.zest.co.za
Electronic Relays
Adaptor for screw fixing - PLMP
For fixing relays on mounting boards using screws.
Dimensions (mm)
Shaft electrode - EHW
Accessories
Dimensions (mm)
Teflon coated stainless steel shaft
„
11/4 chrome hex screw
Length: 300 mm
Note: Other lengths on request
Pendulum electrode - EPW
Dimensions (mm)
Body in natural black polypropylene
Stainless steel sensor shaft
1x10 mm2 gauge flexible connection cable
Cable length: 1000 mm
176
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
RTW
Reference Code
RTW
Rated Insulation Voltage
V
24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
220-240V. 24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
24VDC. 24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
380-440V. 24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
VDC
24VDC
Inputs
A1-A2
A2-A3
Control (Uc) (Only RTW RD)
A2-B1
VAC
Voltage limits
Time Adjust
300
VAC
24-240VAC/VDC (50/60Hz)
0.85...1.1 x Uc for VAC
0.8...1.25 x Uc for VAC
35 for Ue = 24VDC
65 for Ue = 110VAC
75 for Ue = 130VAC
55 for Ue = 220VAC
60 for Ue = 240VAC
Consumption
mA
Minimun Time for Reset
ms
100
Minimun ON Time (for RTW RD)
ms
50
Setting Accuracy (as % of the full scale
value)
Repeat Accuracy
%
+/- 5
%
+/- 1
ms
100
A
3
1
0.45
0.35
0.2
0.1
Rated Thermal Current (lth)
A
10 (for AC)
2.5 (for DC)
Fuse (class gL/gG)
A
4
Changeover time Y - ∆
Technical Data
Supply Voltage (Ue)
Outputs
Output contacts capacity (Ie)
AC-15 in 230 VAC
DC-13 in 24 VDC
DC-13 in 48 VDC
DC-13 in 60 VDC
DC-13 in 125 VDC
DC-13 in 250 VDC
A300: AC-15
R300: DC-13
Mechanical lifespan
operating
cycles
30 x 10 6
Ambient Temperature
- Operation
0
C
-5 to +60
- Storage
0
C
-40 to +85
Degree of Protection
Characteristics
Connection Section (min. to max)
- Cable without end sleeve
IP20
mm
2
mm2 A
- Cable with end sleeve
AWG
- AWG-Wire
Tightening Torque
Weight
0.8 to 1.2
7 to 10.6
M3
Assembly Position
Resistance Vibration
1 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (20 to 16)
N.m
lb.in.
Terminal Screw
Shock Resistance
1 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Any
g/ms
Hz/mm
kg
15/11
10 to 500/10
0.08 (1E)
0.095 (2E)
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
177
www.zest.co.za
RPW
RPW
FF
Reference Code
Inputs
Supply (Us) L1 - L2 - L3
Frequency
Hz
Sensitivity Adjustment
%
Operation Limits
Maximum Consumption
Outputs
Technical Data
VAC
RPW SS
Voltage ranges (220 up to 480 (select) )
50/60
70 to 90
-
70 to 90
-/+3 to 15%
mA
80
Scale Precision (scale base)
%
Repeatibility Precision
%
20
-
20
-
+ / - 20
-
-
+/-1
-
-
Resistive Load
5
AC-15 (A)
3
A
4
operations
30 x 10 6
Electrical lifespan
operations
10 x 105
Ambient Temperature Allowed
-
- Operation
ºC
-5 to +60
- Storage
ºC
-40 to +85
Degree of Protection
IP 20
Terminal Capacity
Characteristics
- Cable with Terminal
- AWG Solid Conductor
Tightening Torque
1 x (0.5 to 2.5)
mm
2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
mm2
1 x (0.5 to 1.5)
mm
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
AWG
2 x (20 to 14)
N.m
0.8 to 1.2
lb.in
7 to 10.6
Terminal Screw
M3
Assembly Position
Any
Shock resistance
g/ms
15/11
Resistance Vibration
Hz/g
10 to 500/10
Weight
178
mm2
2
kg
0.1
Pollution
2
Overvoltage Category
III
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
-
-
Mechanical lifespan
- Wire
RPW PTC
24...240VAC/VDC
0.85 to 1.1 x Us of VAC
V
Fuse (class gL/gG)
RPW
FSF
%Us
Maximum voltage allowed in Neutral
Maximum Capacity of
Output Contacts (Ie)
RPW
SF
www.zest.co.za
RNW
RNW ES / RNW EN
Supply (Un)
A1
VAC
100-240 50 /60 Hz
A2
VDC
100-240
Isolated Rated Voltage (Ui)
V
Operating Limits
Maximum Consumption
Contacts
VA / W
15 - 16 / 18
2/1
1 SPDT
Output Contact Capacity (Ie)
5 (resistive load)
AC-15 in 230 VAC
3
DC-13 in 24 VDC
1
DC-13 in 48 VDC
0.45
DC-13 in 60 VDC
Outputs
300
0.85 to 1.1 x Ue
A
0.35
DC-13 in 125 VDC
0.2
DC-13 in 250 VDC
0.1
Technical Data
Inputs
Reference Code
A300 : AC-15
R300 : DC-13
Rated thermal current (lth)
A
Fuse (class gL / gG)
A
Mechanical Lifespan
operations
Temperature
Operation
Storage
ºC
Degree of Protection
Terminal Capacity
Characteristics
Cable with Terminal
2.5 (for DC)
4
30 x 10 6
-5 to +60
-40 to +85
IP20
1 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Rigid or fexible Cable
mm2
Rigid or fexible Cable/Terminal
mm2
AWG Solid conductor
AWG
2 x (30 to 14)
N.m
0.8 to 1.2
Tightening torque
lb.in
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
1 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
7 to 10.6
Terminal Screws
M3
Assembly Position
Any
Resistance to Impacts
g / ms
Resistance to Vibration
Hz / mm
Weight
kg
Pollution
15 / 11
10 to 500 / 10
0.08
2
Over voltage category
Detectors
10 (for AC)
II
Sensitivity Adjustment
kΩ
0 to 100
Electrode Voltage
VAC
7
Electrode Current
mA
0.05
Maximum length of sensor cable
m
100 (Maximum cable capacitance 2.2nF)
Detector operating temperature
- Shaft
- Pendulum
Allowable detector pressure
- Shaft
- Pendulum
Detector Weight
- Shaft
- Pendulum
E&OE
ºC
kgf / cm2
kg
0 to + 260
0 to + 60
3
0.230
0.012
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
179
www.zest.co.za
Electronic Relay
Dimensions (mm)
22,5
Technical Data
91,3
74,55
80
104,77
0
4,8
85,50
12,7
Relay Assembly
180
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Terminal Blocks
Index - BTWP Series
Standard terminal blocks with screw type connection
BTWP 4
BTWP 6
BTWP 10
Power terminal blocks
BTWP 95B
BTWP 16
BTWP 70
Ground terminal blocks
BTWP 150B
BTWP 240B
BTWP 2,5/4T
Double terminal blocks
Triple terminal blocks
BTWD 2,5N
BTWT
BTWD 4N
Double terminal block + ground
BTWT 2T
BTWP 6/10T
BTWP 16/35T
Triple terminal block + ground Terminal block for detectors Disconnect terminal
BTWT 3T
Terminal blocks for fuses
BTWS 2S
BTWP 35
Overview
BTWP 2,5
BTWT 3S
BTWS 3A
1in-2out terminal block
BTWS 4S
BTWP 4C
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
181
www.zest.co.za
Index - BTWM Series
Terminal blocks with spring connection
BTWM 2,5
BTWM 4
BTWM 6
BTWM 10
BTWM 6T
BTWM 10T
Ground terminal blocks
BTWM 2,5T
BTWM 4T
Triple terminal blocks
BTWM 2F
BTWM 2,5-3F
Overview
Double terminal blocks
BTWM 4-2F
Double terminal block + ground Triple terminal block + ground Terminal block for detectors Disconnect terminal
BTWM 2,5-3FT
BTWM 2,5-2FT
Terminal blocks for fuses
BTWM S
182
BTWM 3S
1in-2out terminal block
BTWM I
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
BTWM 2E
2in-2out terminal block
BTWM 2,5C
E&OE
BTWM 2,5A
Double earth terminal block
BTWM 2,5CT
www.zest.co.za
Presentation
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks are devices designed to provide a safe means of electrical and mechanical connection to the majority of the
electrical conductors. Among all available connectors, terminal blocks are the most commonly used due to their specific
characteristics:
Easy installation
They can be quickly and easily assembled on DIN rail
reducing panel assembly time.
Available in two versions
Screw and spring type connection system.
Wide range of accessories
Connecting bridges, identifiers, DIN rail, end plate and end
bracket.
Screw connection
Connecting bridges
Identifiers
Spring connection
DIN rail
End plate
Overview
Modularity
All terminal block models are designed to side by side
assembly, ensuring the best use of space within the panels.
End brackets
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
183
www.zest.co.za
Applications
Terminal blocks can be used on several applications in most industrial segments. The following examples stand out.
Overview
Starters / Control panels
MCCs
184
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
BTWP Series
The BTWP series terminal blocks use a screw type connection technique which is the most popular among all known
connections. It is simple to use: remove the isolation from the conductor, insert the conductor into the terminal block and
tighten the screw with a properly screwdriver. The length of the isolation to be removed and the tightening torque for each
terminal block model is shown in the selection guides.
When the screw is tightened, the resulting pressure causes a deformation in the terminal which locks the screw preventing it
from loosening. This system ensures connection and quality with minimum electrical losses.
E&OE
Overview
Main features of the BTWP series terminal blocks
! Terminal block body in PA66 polyamide, with excellent dielectric
properties and high mechanical resistance
! Internal conductor element with high current conduction capacity
! Inlet tapered type cable for easy insertion
! Built in protection against loosening
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
185
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWP Series - Terminal blocks with screw connection terminals
Technical data
IEC 60947-7-1
UL / CSA
Cable stripping
Tightening torque
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
Flexible cable
AWG Conductor
Reference Code
6.6 polyamide
Technical Data
End plate/ Sep. Board
1.5 mm width
Separating Plate
Connecting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Din rail / Support
Din EN 50022
BTWP 2.5
5 mm width
BTWP 4
6 mm width
BTWP 6
8 mm width
Color
Grey
Blue
Green
Color
Voltage / Current / Cross section
750 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 26 ... 12
10 mm
0.4 Nm / 3.54 lb - in
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 4 mm²
1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
26 ... 12
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
BTWP 2.5
100
BTWP 2.5 (AZ)
100
BTWP 2.5 (VD)
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Voltage / Current / Cross section
750 V~ / 32 A / 4 mm²
600 V~ / 30 A / AWG 26 ... 10
10 mm
0.5 Nm / 4.42 lb - in
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 6 mm²
1.5 ... 4 mm²
26 ... 10
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
BTWP 4
100
BTWP 4 (AZ)
100
BTWP 4 (VD)
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Voltage / Current / Cross section
630 V~ / 41 A / 6 mm²
600 V~ / 50 A / AWG 26 ... 8
12 mm
0.8 Nm / 7.08 lb - in
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 10 mm²
1.5 ... 6 mm²
26 ... 8
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
BTWP 6
100
BTWP 6 (AZ)
100
BTWP 6 (VD)
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWP 2.5-10
100
TF-BTWP 2.5-10
100
TF-BTWP 2.5-10
100
Blue
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (AZ)
100
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (AZ)
100
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (AZ)
100
Green
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (VD)
100
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (VD)
100
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (VD)
100
Grey
PD-BTWP 2.5-10
25
PD-BTWP 2.5-10
25
PD-BTWP 2.5-10
25
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PS1-BTWP
Identifier
2)
PS1-BTWP
PS1-BTWP
100
Reference Code
PC-BTWP 2.5/2
Qty/Pack.
25
3
PC-BTWP 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWP 4/3
20
PC-BTWP 6/3
20
4
PC-BTWP 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWP 4/4
15
PC-BTWP 6/4
15
10
Color
PC-BTWP 2.5/10
Reference Code
5
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
Grey
PF4-BTW
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Reference Code
PC-BTWP 4/2
PC-BTWP 4/10
Reference Code
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
ST-BTW
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
5
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
PC-BTWP 6/2
PC-BTWP 6/10
Reference Code
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
25
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
100
100
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
25
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Reference Code
IDG10/6-BTW
IDG10/5-BTW
IDB5-BTW
IDG6/5-BTW
Qty/Pack.
36
44
50
40
Reference Code
5
Qty/Pack.
Grey
Qty/Pack.
44
50
40
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
25
Reference Code
Reference Code
IDG10/5-BTW
IDB5-BTW
IDG6/5-BTW
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
25
Color
-
186
100
No. of poles
2
Support
Group indentifier
100
Reference Code
IDG10/6-BTW
IDG10/5-BTW
IDB5-BTW
IDG6/5-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
36
44
50
40
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWP Series - Terminal blocks with screw connection terminals
BTWP 70
22 mm width
BTWP 10
10 mm width
BTWP 16
12 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
630 V~ / 57 A / 10 mm²
750 V~ / 76 A / 16 mm²
750 V~ / 125 A / 35 mm²
750 V~ / 192 A / 70 mm²
UL / CSA
600 V~ / 65 A / AWG 16 ... 6
600 V~ / 85 A / AWG 12 ... 4
600 V~ / 115 A / AWG 10 ... 2
600 V~ / 175 A / AWG 6...2/0
Cable stripping
12 mm
16 mm
18 mm
20 mm
Tightening torque
1.2 Nm / 10.62 lb - in
1.2 Nm / 10.62 lb - in
2.5 Nm / 122.12 lb - in
6 Nm / 53.10 lb - in
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
1.5 ... 16 mm²
1.5 ... 16 mm²
6 ... 16 mm²
10 ... 16 mm²
Flexible cable
1.5 ... 10 mm²
1.5 ... 16 mm²
10 ... 35 mm²
10 ... 70 mm²
AWG Conductor
16 ... 6
12 ... 4
10 ... 2
End plate/ Separating board
1.5 mm width
Separating board
Connecting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Din rail / Support
Din EN 50022
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Grey
BTWP 10
100
BTWP 16
50
BTWP 35
50
BTWP 70
Blue
BTWP 10 (AZ)
100
BTWP 16 (AZ)
50
BTWP 35 (AZ)
50
BTWP 70 (AZ)
10
Green
BTWP 10 (VD)
100
BTWP 16 (VD)
50
BTWP 35 (VD)
50
BTWP 70 (VD)
10
Identifier 2)
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
10
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWP 2.5-10
100
TF-BTWP 16
100
-
-
Blue
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (AZ)
100
TF-BTWP 16 (AZ)
100
-
-
Green
TF-BTWP 2.5-10 (VD)
100
TF-BTWP 16 (VD)
100
-
-
Grey
PD-BTWP 2.5-10
25
PD-BTWP 16
25
-
-
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PS1-BTWP
-
-
No. of
poles
2
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Color
100
Qty/Pack.
-
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
PC-BTWP 10/2
25
PC-BTWP 16/2
25
PC-BTWP 35/2
25
-
3
PC-BTWP 10/3
20
PC-BTWP 16/3
20
PC-BTWP 35/3
20
-
4
PC-BTWP 10/4
15
PC-BTWP 16/4
15
PC-BTWP 35/4
15
-
10
PC-BTWP 10/10
5
PC-BTWP 16/10
5
PC-BTWP 35/10
5
-
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
25
Color
Reference Code
Grey
IG-BTW
Clear
IG22-BTW
1)
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
IG-BTW
25
IG22-BTW
Qty/Pack.
25
Reference Code
50
Qty/Pack.
2 m bus
bars
2 m bus bars MR 35x7.5
Support ST-BTWw
Group identifier
Reference Code
6 ... 2/0
Color
Technical Data
Reference Code
6.6 polyamide
BTWP 35
16 mm width
1)
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
2 m bus bars MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
25
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
2 m bus bars
25
Qty/Pack.
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
187
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWP Series - Power terminal blocks
BTWP 95B
40 mm width
BTWP 150B
48 mm width
BTWP 240B
53 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current /Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
1000 V~ / 232 A / 95 mm²
1000 V~ / 309 A / 150 mm²
1000 V~ / 415 A / 240 mm²
Screw
M10x30
M12x30
M16x35
Tightening torque
6 Nm / 53.10 lb - in
8 Nm / 70.80 lb - in
Reference Code
Isolation cover
Technical Data
Din rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
Color
Reference Code
Grey
BTWP 95B
Color
Reference Code
Grey
TI-BTWP 95
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Support ST-BTW
Group identifier
Identifier 1)
Color
Reference Code
Grey
IG-BTW
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
4
Reference Code
BTWP 150B
Qty/Pack.
4
Reference Code
TI-BTWP 150
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2 m bus bars MR 35x7.5
25
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
50
Reference Code
IG-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
4
Qty/Pack.
4
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
BTWP 240B
Reference Code
TI-BTWP 240
Reference Code
2 m bus bars MR 35x7.5
25
Qty/Pack.
50
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Reference Code
IG-BTW
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
4
Qty/Pack.
4
Qty/Pack.
2 m bus bars
25
Qty/Pack.
50
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
188
10 Nm / 88.50 lb - in
Qty/Pack.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWP Series - Ground terminal blocks
BTWP 2.5/4T
6 mm width
BTWP 6/10T
10 mm width
BTWP 16/35T
16 mm width
Technical data
IEC 60947-7-1
Cross section
4 mm²
Cross section
10 mm²
Cross section
35 mm²
UL / CSA
AWG 26 ... 10
AWG 16 ... 8
Cable stripping
10 mm
12 mm
18 mm
Tightening torque
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 Nm / 4.42 lb - in
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 6 mm²
1.2 Nm / 10.62 lb - in
Connection capacity
1.5 ... 16 mm²
2.5 Nm / 22.12 lb - in
Connection capacity
6 ... 16 mm²
1.5 ... 4 mm²
1.5 ... 10 mm²
10 ... 35 mm²
AWG conductor
Reference Code
6.6 polyamide
Din rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
26 ... 10
Color
Reference Code
Green / Yellow BTWP 2.5/4T
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Support
Group identifier
Identifier 1)
ST-BTW
Color
Reference Code
Grey
IG-BTW
Reference Code
IDG10/6-BTW
Qty/Pack.
50
16 ... 8
Reference Code
BTWP 6/10T
Qty/Pack.
25
10 ... 2
Reference Code
BTWP 16/35T
Qty/Pack.
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
2 m bus bars
25
Qty/Pack.
50
Qty/Pack.
36
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
Reference Code
IG-BTW
Reference Code
IDG10/6-BTW
2 m bus bars
25
Qty/Pack.
50
Qty/Pack.
36
MR 35x7.5
2 m bus
bars
ST-BTW
Reference Code
25
Qty/Pack.
IG-BTW
Reference Code
IDG10/6-BTW
50
Qty/Pack.
36
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
189
Technical Data
Flexible cable
-
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWP / BTWT Series - double terminal blocks and triple terminal blocks
BTWD 2.5N
5 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
500 V~ / 32 A / 4 mm²
440 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
UL / CSA
300 V~ / 20 A / AWG 26 ... 12
300 V~ / 30 A / AWG 26 ... 10
300 V~ / 24 A / AWG 24 ... 12
Cable stripping
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
Tightening torque
0.4 Nm / 13.54 lb - in
0.5 Nm / 14.42 lb - in
0.4 Nm / 13.54 lb - in
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
Flexible cable
1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
1.5 ... 4 mm²
1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
AWG Conductor
26 ... 12
26 ... 10
Reference Code
End plate
1.5 mm width
Separating Plate
Technical Data
BTWT 3
6 mm width
BTWD 4N
6 mm width
Reference Code
Grey
BTWD 2.5N
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWD 2.5-4N
25
TF-BTWD 2.5-4N
25
End bracket
8 mm width
Din rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
Identifier
2)
BTWD 4N
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
BTWT 3
25
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
TF-BTWT 3
10
Reference Code
-
-
Qty/Pack.
PS1-BTWP
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2
PC-BTWP 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWP 4/2
25
PC-BTWT 2.5/2
25
3
PC-BTWP 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWP 4/3
20
PC-BTWT 2.5/3
20
15
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
4
PC-BTWP 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWP 4/4
15
PC-BTWT 2.5/4
10
PC-BTWP 2.5/10
5
PC-BTWP 4/10
5
PC-BTWT 2.5/10
5
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
2 m bus bars
ST-BTW
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
2 m bus bars
25
Qty/Pack.
MR 35x7.5
2 m bus bars
ST-BTW
25
Grey
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Color
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG10/5-BTW
44
-
IDB5-BTW
50
-
IDG6/5-BTW
40
-
IDG6/5-BTW
40
-
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
190
Qty/Pack.
No. of poles
Support
Identifier group
100
Reference Code
Color
Grey
Connecting bridge
Qty/Pack.
24 ... 12
Color
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
IDB5-BTW
50
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWP / BTWS Series - Double terminal block + ground - triple terminal block + ground - terminal block for
detectors - disconnect terminal
BTWT 2T
6 mm width
BTWT 3T
6 mm width
IEC 60947-7-1
Voltage / Current /
Cross Section
440 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
Voltage / Current /
Cross Section
440 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
UL / CSA
300 V~ / 24 A / AWG 24 ... 12
Cable stripping
9 mm
Tightening torque
BTWT 3S
6 mm width
BTWS 3A
6 mm width
Voltage / Current /
Cross Section
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
Voltage / Current /
Cross Section
500 V~ / 16 A / 4 mm²
300 V~ / 24 A / AWG 24 ... 12
-
600 V~ / 16 A / AWG 26...10
9 mm
9 mm
10 mm
0.4 Nm / 13.54 lb - in
0.4 Nm / 13.54 lb - in
0.4 Nm / 13.54 lb - in
0.5 Nm / 4.42 lb - in
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
Flexible cable
1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
1.5 ... 4 mm²
AWG Conductor
24 ... 12
24 ... 12
24 ... 12
Technical data
Reference Code
End plate / Separating board
Color
Reference Code
Grey
BTWT 2T
Color
Reference Code
Grey
TF-BTWT 2T
Color
Reference Code
Grey
PS1-BTWP
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
25
BTWT 3T
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
25
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
BTWT 3S
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
26 ... 10
Qty/Pack.
20
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
BTWS 3A
Qty/Pack.
20
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Separating plate
Conneting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Rail / Support
Din EN 50022
N° of Poles Reference Code
Identifier
2)
TF-BTWT 3T
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
100
PS1-BTWP
10
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
100
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
TF-BTWT 3S
PS1-BTWP
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
10
Qty/Pack.
TF-BTWS 3
10
Reference Code
100
Qty/Pack.
PC-BTWT 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWT 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWT 2.5/2
25
-
3
PC-BTWT 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWT 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWT 2.5/3
20
-
4
PC-BTWT 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWT 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWT 2.5/4
15
-
10
PC-BTWT 2.5/10
5
PC-BTWT 2.5/10
5
PC-BTWT 2.5/10
5
-
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
Color
Reference Code
Grey
IG-BTW
Clear
IG22-BTW
1)
Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
25
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
IG-BTW
25
IG22-BTW
1)
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
50
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
2 m busbars
ST-BTW
50
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
100
PF3-BTW
100
100
PF4-BTW
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
Qty/Pack.
50
IG-BTW
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
25
Reference Code
IG-BTW
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
ST-BTW
50
Qty/Pack. Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
-
2
Support ST-BTW
Identifier group
10
Qty/Pack.
50
1)
Reference Code
25
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
191
Technical Data
1.5 mm width
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWS / BTWP Series - Terminal blocks for fuses - 1IN-2OUT terminal block
BTWS 2S
8 mm width
BTWS 4S
10 mm width
BTWP 4C
6 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
500 V~ / 6.3 A / 6 mm²
750 V~ / 6.3 A / 6 mm²
750 V~ / 32 A / 4 mm²
UL / CSA
300 V~ / 6.3 A / AWG 26 ... 8
600 V~ / 6.3 A / AWG 22 ... 8
-
Fuse dimensions
5x20 ou 5x25 mm
6.35x31.75 mm (1/4"x1 1/4")
-
Cable stripping
12 mm
12 mm
10 mm
Tightening torque
0.8 Nm / 7.08 lb - in
0.8 Nm / 7.08 lb - in
0.5 Nm / 4.42 lb - in
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
Flexible cable
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 10 mm²
1.5 ... 6 mm²
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 10 mm²
1.5 ... 6 mm²
Connection capacity
0.5 ... 6 mm²
1.5 ... 4 mm²
AWG Conductor
26 ... 8
Reference Code
Color
22 ... 8
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Technical Data
-
End plate
1.5 mm width
End bracket
8 mm width
Rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
BTWS 4S
Identifier
(2)
50
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
20
BTWS 2S
Color
Reference Code
Grey
TF-BTWS 2
Color
Reference Code
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
10
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
ST-BTW
25
Qty/Pack.
Note!
Accepts reserve fuse disconnect lever.
BTWP 4C
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Supplied with end plate as standard
TF-BTWP 4C
Reference Code
Reference Code
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
de 2 m
busbars
25
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
50
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
-
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
-
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
-
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
Reference Code
Reference Code
10
Grey
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
50
Color
IDB5-BTW
192
26 ... 10
Qty/Pack.
Grey
Support
Group identifier
Reference Code
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
BTWM Series
The BTWM series terminal blocks use spring connection
technique products. The connection is maintained through a
stainless steel spring which keeps constant pressure on the
condutor against the internal copper part.
The connection procedure is simple: Remove conductor
isolation, insert a screwdriver into the square opening in the
terminal block to compress the spring and release the access
and then insert the conductor into the terminal block. When
removing the screwdriver, the connection becomes effective.
The contact pressure in this connection system is uniform and
independent of user/operator, as it is provided by the spring.
Overview
Main features of the BTWM series terminal blocks:
! Terminal block body in PA66 polyamide, with excellent
dielectric properties and high mechanical resistance
! Internal conductor element with high current conduction
capacity
! Stainless steel spring
! Uniform contact pressure
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
193
www.zest.co.za
Selection guide
BTWM series - Spring clamp terminals
BTWM 2.5
5 mm width
BTWM 4
6 mm width
BTWM 6
8 mm width
BTWM 10
10 mm width
IEC 60947-7-1
Voltage / Current / Cross
section
750 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
Voltage / Current / Cross
section
750 V~ / 32 A / 4 mm²
Voltage / Current / Cross
section
750 V~ / 41 A / 6 mm²
Voltage / Current / Cross
section
750 V~ / 57 A / 10 mm²
UL / CSA
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
600 V~ / 26 A / AWG 22 ... 10
600 V~ / 35 A / AWG 22 ... 8
600 V~ / 55 A / AWG 20 ... 6
Cable stripping
10 mm
12 mm
12 mm
13 mm
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 10 mm²
0.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 10 mm²
AWG Conductor
22 ... 12
22 ... 10
22 ... 8
Technical data
Reference Code
6.6 polyamide
Technical Data
End plate
1.2 mm width
Connecting bridge
Reference Code
Grey
BTWM 2.5
100
BTWM 4
100
BTWM 6
100
BTWM 10
100
Blue
BTWM 2.5 (AZ)
100
BTWM 4 (AZ)
100
BTWM 6 (AZ)
100
BTWM 10 (AZ)
100
Green
BTWM 2.5 (VD)
100
BTWM 4 (VD)
100
BTWM 6 (VD)
100
BTWM 10 (VD)
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWM 2.5
100
TF-BTWM 4
100
TF-BTWM 6
100
TF-BTWM 10
100
Blue
TF-BTWM 2.5 (AZ)
100
TF-BTWM 4 (AZ)
100
TF-BTWM 6 (AZ)
100
TF-BTWM 10 (AZ)
100
Green
TF-BTWM 2.5 (VD)
100
TF-BTWM 4 (VD)
100
TF-BTWM 6 (VD)
100
TF-BTWM 10 (VD)
100
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
N . of
poles
2
0
Rail / Support
Din EN 50022
Identifier
2)
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
100
Qty/Pack.
25
PC-BTWM 4/2
25
PC-BTWM 6/2
25
PC-BTWM 10/2
25
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWM 4/3
20
PC-BTWM 6/3
20
PC-BTWM 10/3
20
4
15
PC-BTWM 4/4
15
PC-BTWM 6/4
15
5
PC-BTWM 4/10
5
PC-BTWM 6/10
5
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack..
PC-BTWM 10/4
PC-BTWM
10/10
Reference Code
15
Color
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
PC-BTWM
2.5/10
Reference Code
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
Reference Code
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
25
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2m
busbars
50
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
IG-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Grey
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
5
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
194
Qty/Pack.
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
Support ST-BTW
Group identifier
Reference Code
3
10
End bracket
8 mm width
Qty/Pack.
20 ... 6
Color
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWM Series - Ground terminal blocks
BTWM 10T
10 mm width
BTWM 6T
8 mm width
Technical data
Cross section
Cross section
Cross section
Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
2.5 mm²
4 mm²
6 mm²
10 mm²
UL / CSA
AWG 22 ... 12
AWG 22 ... 10
AWG 22 ... 8
AWG 20 ... 6
Cable stripping
10 mm
12 mm
12 mm
13 mm
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 10 mm²
0.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 10 mm²
AWG Condutor
22 ... 12
22 ... 10
22 ... 8
20 ... 6
Reference Code
End plate
1.2 mm width
End bracket
8 mm width
Din Rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
Color
Reference Code
Green
BTWM 2.5T
Color
Reference Code
Green
TF-BTWM 2.5 (VD)
Color
Reference Code
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Support ST-BTW
Group identifier
Identifier 2)
Qty/Pack.
50
Qty/Pack.
10
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
2m
busbars
25
Qty/Pack.
50
Reference Code
BTWM 6T
Qty/Pack.
40
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
TF-BTWM 4 (VD)
10
TF-BTWM 6 (VD)
10
TF-BTWM 10 (VD)
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
Reference Code
2 m busbars MR 35x7.5
25
2 m busbars
25
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
MR 35x7.5
2 m busbars
ST-BTW
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
25
50
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
IG-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
10
Grey
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
30
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
BTWM 10T
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
BTWM 4T
Technical Data
BTWM 4T
6 mm width
BTWM 2.5T
5 mm width
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
195
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWM Series - Double terminal blocks - Triple terminal blocks
BTWM 4-2F
6 mm width
Technical Data
BTWM 2.5-2F
5 mm width
BTWM 2.5-3F
5 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
750 V~ / 30 A / 4 mm²
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
UL / CSA
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
600 V~ / 26 A / AWG 22 ... 10
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
Cable stripping
10 mm
12 mm
10 mm
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
AWG Conductor
22 ... 12
22 ... 10
22 ... 12
Reference Code
Color
Reference Code
6.6 polyamide
Grey
BTWM 2.5-2F
End plate
1.5 mm width
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWM 2.5-2F
50
TF-BTWM 4-2F
25
TF-BTWM 2.5-3F
10
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Connecting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Rail / Support
Din EN 50022
N0. of
poles
2
Identifier 2)
50
Qty/Pack.
50
Reference Code
BTWM 2.5-3F
Qty/Pack.
20
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWM 4/2
25
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWM 4/3
20
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
4
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWM 4/4
15
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
10
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
PC-BTWM 4/10
5
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
25
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
25
ST-BTW
25
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/6-BTW
36
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Reference Code
2 m busbars
IG-BTW
50
Qty/Pack.
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2 m busbars
Reference Code
Grey
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Color
IDB5-BTW
196
Reference Code
BTWM 4-2F
3
Support ST-BTW
Identifier group
Qty/Pack.
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
50
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWM Series - Double terminal block + ground - Triple terminal block + ground - Terminal block for detectors
BTWM 2.5-2FT
5 mm width
BTWM 2.5-3FT
5 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
500 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
UL / CSA
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
-
Cable stripping
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
AWG Conductor
22 ... 12
22 ... 12
End plate
1.5 mm width
Connecting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Din rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
BTWM 2.5-2FT
20
BTWM 2.5-3FT
20
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWM 2.5-2FT
N0. of
poles
2
Identifier
2)
TF-BTWM 2.5-3FT
Reference Code
TF-BTWM 3S
Qty/Pack.
20
Qty/Pack.
10
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
25
-
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
25
3
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
-
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
4
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
-
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
10
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
-
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
2 m busbars
25
Reference Code
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
25
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
2 m busbars
25
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
Qty/Pack.
50
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
BTWM 3S
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
10
Reference Code
Reference Code
Support
Group identifier
22 ... 12
Color
10
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
Technical Data
Reference Code
BTWM 3S
5 mm width
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
50
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
197
www.zest.co.za
Selection guide
BTWM Series - Disconnect terminal - Terminal blocks for fuses
BTWM S
8 mm width
BTWM 2.5A
5 mm width
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current /Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
750 V~ / 16 A / 2.5 mm²
500 V~ / 10 A / 4 mm²
500 V~ / 10 A / 4 mm²
UL / CSA
600 V~ / 10 A / AWG 22 ... 12
600 V~ / 10 A / AWG 22 ... 10
600 V~ / 10 A / AWG 22 ... 10
Fuse dimensions
-
5x20 or 5x25 mm
6.35x31.75 mm (1/4"x1 1/4")
Cable stripping
10 mm
12 mm
12 mm
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
0.5 ... 6 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
AWG Conductor
22 ... 12
22 ... 10
Reference Code
End plate
1.5 mm width
Technical Data
BTWM I
8 mm width
Connecting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Din rail / Suppot
DIN EN 50022
Color
Reference Code
Grey
BTWM 2.5A
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWM 2.5A
10
Identifier
2)
50
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
BTWM S
20
Note!
Reserve fuse housed in disconnect lever.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
BTWM I
20
Note!
Reserve fuse housed in disconnect lever.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
TF-BTWM S-I
TF-BTWM S-I
10
10
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWM 6/2
25
PC-BTWM 6/2
25
3
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWM 6/3
20
PC-BTWM 6/3
20
4
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWM 6/4
15
PC-BTWM 6/4
15
10
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
PC-BTWM 6/10
5
PC-BTWM 6/10
5
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
Qty/Pack.
2 m bus bars
25
Reference Code
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
2 m bus bars
25
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
2 m bus bars
25
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Qty/Pack.
50
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
IG-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
IDG10/5-BTW
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Reference Code
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Color
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
198
22 ... 10
Qty/Pack.
N0. of
Poles
2
Support ST-BTW
Group identifier
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
50
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
BTWM Series - 1IN-2OUT Terminal block - 2IN-2OUT Terminal block - Double ground terminal block
BTWM 2.5C
5 mm width
BTWM 2.5CT
5 mm width
Cross section
Technical data
Voltage / Current / Cross section
Voltage / Current / Cross section
IEC 60947-7-1
750 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
750 V~ / 24 A / 2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
UL / CSA
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
600 V~ / 20 A / AWG 22 ... 12
AWG 22 ... 12
Cable stripping
13 mm
13 mm
13 mm
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
0.5 ... 4 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
AWG Conductor
22 ... 12
22 ... 12
22 ... 12
Reference Code
Color
Reference Code
Grey
BTWM 2.5E
Qty/Pack.
50
Reference Code
BTWM 2.5C
Qty/Pack.
Green
End plate
1.2 mm width
Connecting bridge
End bracket
8 mm width
Rail / Support
DIN EN 50022
Identifier
2)
BTWM 2.5CT
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
TF-BTWM 2.5E
10
TF-BTWM 2.5C
10
Green
-
Qty/Pack.
-
Reference Code
50
Qty/Pack.
TF-BTWM 2.5CT
10
N . of
Poles
2
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
25
PC-BTWM 2.5/2
25
-
3
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
PC-BTWM 2.5/3
20
-
4
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
PC-BTWM 2.5/4
15
-
10
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
PC-BTWM 2.5/10
5
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
PF3-BTW
100
Grey
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
PF4-BTW
100
Type
Reference Code
Flat
MR 35x7.5
0
Support
Group identifier
Reference Code
50
ST-BTW
Qty/Pack.
2 m busbars
25
Reference Code
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
25
MR 35x7.5
ST-BTW
2 m busbars
25
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
IG-BTW
50
Clear
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
IG22-BTW 1)
25
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Grey
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
2 m busbars
Reference Code
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
Technical Data
BTWM 2.5E
5 mm width
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Qty/Pack.
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDG10/5-BTW
44
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
IDG6/5-BTW
40
Note:
1. For assembly on PF4-BTW end bracket;
2. Further details about identifiers on page 196.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
199
www.zest.co.za
Technical Data
Selection Guide
Identifiers
IDB5
IDG6/5
IDG10/5
IDG10/6
Technical data
Identifier dimensions (height x width)
Identifier color
Marking color
Number of identifiers per packaging
Marking
Without marking
Technical data
5 x 5 mm
White
Black
50
Reference Code
IDB5-BTW
Technical data
6 x 5 mm
White
Black
40
Reference Code
IDB6/5-BTW
Technical data
10 x 5 mm
White
Black
44
Reference Code
IDB10/5-BTW
Technical data
10 x 6 mm
White
Black
36
Reference Code
IDB10/6-BTW
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
IDB5-BTW (0)
IDB5-BTW (1)
IDB5-BTW (2)
IDB5-BTW (3)
IDB5-BTW (4)
IDB5-BTW (5)
IDB5-BTW (6)
IDB5-BTW (7)
IDB5-BTW (8)
IDB5-BTW (9)
IDB5-BTW (10)
IDB6/5-BTW (0)
IDB6/5-BTW (1)
IDB6/5-BTW (2)
IDB6/5-BTW (3)
IDB6/5-BTW (4)
IDB6/5-BTW (5)
IDB6/5-BTW (6)
IDB6/5-BTW (7)
IDB6/5-BTW (8)
IDB6/5-BTW (9)
IDB6/5-BTW (10)
IDB10/5-BTW (0)
IDB10/5-BTW (1)
IDB10/5-BTW (2)
IDB10/5-BTW (3)
IDB10/5-BTW (4)
IDB10/5-BTW (5)
IDB10/5-BTW (6)
IDB10/5-BTW (7)
IDB10/5-BTW (8)
IDB10/5-BTW (9)
IDB10/5-BTW (10)
IDB10/6-BTW (0)
IDB10/6-BTW (1)
IDB10/6-BTW (2)
IDB10/6-BTW (3)
IDB10/6-BTW (4)
IDB10/6-BTW (5)
IDB10/6-BTW (6)
IDB10/6-BTW (7)
IDB10/6-BTW (8)
IDB10/6-BTW (9)
IDB10/6-BTW (10)
1, 2, 3 ... 8, 9, 10
11, 12, 13 ... 18, 19, 20
21, 22, 23 ... 28, 29, 30
31, 32, 33 ... 38, 39, 40
41, 42, 43 ... 48, 49, 50
IDB5-BTW (1-10)
IDB5-BTW (11-20)
IDB5-BTW (21-30)
IDB5-BTW (31-40)
IDB5-BTW (41-50)
IDB6/5-BTW (1-10)
IDB6/5-BTW (11-20)
IDB6/5-BTW (21-30)
IDB6/5-BTW (31-40)
IDB6/5-BTW (41-50)
1, 2, 3 ... 20, 21, 22
23, 24, 25 ... 42, 43, 44
-
-
IDB10/5-BTW (1-22)
IDB10/5-BTW (23-44)
-
1, 2, 3 ... 16, 17, 18
19, 20, 21 ... 34, 35, 36
-
-
-
IDB10/6-BTW (1-18)
IDB10/6-BTW (19-36)
1, 2, 3 ... 48, 49, 50
51, 52, 53 ... 98, 99, 100
IDB5-BTW (1-50)
IDB5-BTW (51-100)
-
-
-
IDB6/5-BTW (1-40)
IDB6/5-BTW (41-80)
IDB6/5-BTW (81-120)
-
-
IDB10/5-BTW (1-44)
IDB10/5-BTW (45-88)
IDB10/5-BTW (89-132)
-
1, 2, 3 ... 38, 39, 40
41, 42, 43 ... 78, 79, 80
81, 82, 83 ... 118, 119, 120
1, 2, 3 ... 42, 43, 44
45, 46, 47 ... 86, 87, 88
89, 90, 91 ... 130, 131, 132
1, 2, 3 ... 34, 35, 36
37, 38, 39 ... 70, 71, 72
73, 74, 75 ... 106, 107, 108
IDB10/6-BTW (1-36)
IDB10/6-BTW (37-72)
IDB10/6-BTW (73-108)
Notes:
The identifiers are supplied in specific packaging and quantity for each type.
Check the quantities on the chart above.
Custom markings on request.
200
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
CB Series
Busbar connectors
CB4
CB10
CB35
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Cross section
4 mm²
10 mm²
35 mm²
Screw
M3
M4
M6
Busbar dimensions
10 x 3 mm
10 x 3 mm
10 x 3 mm
Cable stripping
16 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Tightening torque
0.5 Nm / 4.42 lb - in
1.2 Nm / 10.62 lb - in
2.8 Nm / 24.78 lb - in
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Connection capacity
Rigid wire
0.5 ... 6 mm²
1.5 ... 10 mm²
16 ... 50 mm²
Flexible cable
0.5 ... 4 mm²
2.5 ... 10 mm²
Busbar support
Color
Reference Code
Qty/Pack
Reference Code
16 ... 35 mm²
Qty/Pack
Reference Code
Qty/Pack
-
CB4-BTW
200
CB10-BTW
100
CB35-BTW
Blue
CB4N-BTW
100
CB10N-BTW
100
CB35N-BTW
50
Green/Yellow
CB4PE-BTW
100
CB10PE-BTW
100
CB35PE-BTW
50
Color
Reference Code
Beige
SB-BTW 1)
Qty/Pack
50
Reference Code
SB-BTW 1)
Qty/Pack
50
Reference Code
SB-BTW 1)
50
Qty/Pack
50
Copper busbar 10 x 3 mm
Reference Code
Qty/Pack
Reference Code
Qty/Pack
Reference Code
Qty/Pack
Tin plated
BR10x3
1 m width
BR10x3
1 m width
BR10x3
1 m width
Identifier(2)
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
Reference Code
Qty/Pack.
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
50
IDB5-BTW
Technical Data
Reference Code
50
Note: 1) Also fits busbars of 15x2mm, 15x3mm, 12x2mm and 6x6mm;
2) For further information on the identifiers on page 169;
3) Pictures for illustration purposes only.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
201
www.zest.co.za
BTWP 95B
BTWP 2.5 / 4T
BTWS 3A
BTWP 10
Overview
BTWS 2S
BTWT 3T
202
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Smart Relays
SRW01
The SRW01 is a low-voltage electric motor management system with state-of-the-art technology and
network communication capabilities. Additionally, its modular concept allows the expansion of its
functionalities, plug-and-play philosophy, free WLP programming software and USB communication.
Versatility
The SRW01 supports the following communication
networks protocols: DeviceNet, Modbus-RTU, and
ProfiBus-DP.
The communication modules can be easily
exchanged due to its plug-and-play capabilities. The
HMI can also be used for quick system monitoring
and relay parameterization. Additionally, the SRW01
provides a USB port for relay monitoring and
programming through PC when using WLP software.
The SRW01 includes a thermal memory circuit in
order to maintain a motor thermal image, even if
power supply if removed.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
Overview
Flexibility
The SRW01 has a modular design, providing easy
assembling and integration.
The control unit (UC) can be assembled with the
current measurement unit (UMC), forming a single
unit, or separated (up to 2 meters).
It can be programmed in transparent mode
according to your needs, making the SRW01 fit to
the most diverse applications.
WEG’s SRW01 has pre-programmed operation
modes, which operate in several kind of starting and
monitoring modes.
The digital in and output functions are defined in an
easy and simple way, according to your
configurations.
The SRW01 is also able to maintain the thermic
image of the motor, even without power.
219
www.zest.co.za
Modular Design
The SRW01-UC and SRW01-UMC are electrically connected using
the SRW01-CB flat cable.
Overview
The SRW01 incorporates a main control unit (SRW01-UC) and
a current measurement unit (SRW01-UMC) to provide a
flexible assembly options.
The interface with the relay may be performed in three ways:
!
!
!
220
Through Fieldbus, the user can operate, monitor, and configure
the SRW01 remotely, via PLC or supervisory system.
Via Fieldbus (ModBus, DeviceNet, Profibus)
Via SRW01-HMI
Via software – WLP (USB)
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Characteristics
!
!
!
!
!
Reduced size, compact structure
Control unit (UC) input power range: 110-240 Vac/dc or 24 Vac/dc
Control unit (UC) with 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs
DIN rail or screws mounting
Easy network module change, via exclusive drawer system
Programming via free WLP software or HMI (optional)
PTC or ground leakage sensor input
Reset
Mini USB port
ProfiBus - DP
network connection
Connection for
HMI and accessories
ModBus, DeviceNet
or ProfiBus - DP
connection
Overview
!
Communication
module
The SRW01-UC control unit provides LED indicators for
input and output activations, status, operation mode,
power supply status, failure and alarm status.
The mounting of the control unit can be done either by
35mm DIN rail or onto back panel mounting.
Communication protocols: DeviceNet, Modbus, and
Profibus are defined using proper protocol installed in
the communication drawer.
The plug-and-play concept automatically recognizes
and configures the SRW01 for safe operation, avoiding
manual error connections.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
221
www.zest.co.za
Current Measuring Units
The current measuring unit SRW01-UMC shall be chosen according to motor rated current from 0.25 A up to 840 A
Width (mm)
Current (A)
Power connection
0.25 - 2.5
45
0.5 - 5
1.25 - 12.5
Cable through UMC
2.5 - 25
Current (A)
Power connection
66
12.5 - 125
Cable through UMC
Width (mm)
Current (A)
Power connection
120
42 - 420
Bus bar
Width (mm)
Current (A)
Power connection
265
84 - 840
Cable through UMC or Bus bar
Overview
Width (mm)
SRW01-CB connection cable
The SRW01-CB connects the SRW01-UC to the SRW01-UMC allowing the two units to be assembled
separated up to 2 meters.
222
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Functions
The SRW01 protection, monitoring and operating functions enhance system protection reliability and precision. The operating
modes are auto-adjustable, meaning that the user selects the operating mode and the relay search for proper parameters
automatically. This feature ensures quick and safe parameterization. All operating modes allow motor monitoring. Its friendly
parameterization mode allows users to access all digital inputs and outputs, thus increasing flexibility to cover many applications.
Monitoring
Digital input and output activation.
! RMS current of each phase and average in amperes
or % of In adjusted current.
! Motor frequency
! Number of activation per failute type.
! Number of start ups.
! Motor running hours.
! Relay running hours.
! Phase unbalance levels.
! Internal ground fault current.
!
Operating Modes
Transparent operation - Digital input and output can be
configured according to application needs .
! Operation as overload relay – similar to an overload relay.
! Direct starter - direct-on-line starter for single and three
phase motors
! Reversing starter - reversing starter for three phase motors.
! Star-Delta starter - star-delta starter switch for three phase
motors.
! Dahlander starter- starter for Dahlander three phase
motors.
! Two windings starter - starter for two windings three phase
motors.
! PLC mode – similar to the running of a PLC.
In this mode the SRW01 – UMC is not used.
!
Overview
Protection
! Overload protection (adjustable tripping class 5-45).
! Thermal protection via PTC.
! Phase loss protection.
! Protection against current unbalance between phases.
! Protection against overcurrent and locked rotor.
! Protection against undercurrent.
! Internal ground fault protection.
! Protection against out of range frequency.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
223
www.zest.co.za
Operating Modes Diagrams
Direct Starter
WEG Fuses
WEG Contactor
Technical Data
Transparent operation
WEG Fuses
224
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Operating Modes Diagrams
Operation as overload relay
WEG Fuses
WEG Contactor
Technical Data
Reversing starter
WEG Fuses
WEG Contactor
E&OE
WEG Contactor
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
225
www.zest.co.za
Operating Modes Diagrams
Star-Delta starter
WEG Fuses
Technical Data
WEG Contactor WEG Contactor
WEG Contactor
Dahlander starter
WEG Fuses
WEG Contactor WEG Contactor
226
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
WEG Contactor
www.zest.co.za
Operating Modes Diagrams
Two windings starter
WEG Fuses
Technical Data
WEG Contactor WEG Contactor
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
227
www.zest.co.za
WLP Software
The WLP is the SRW01 configuration software for Windows
environment with user friendly interface that enables system
parametrization, programming, controlling and monitoring.
The WLP software enables the user to configure the relay,
edit parameters and program in LADDER.
Through the WLP configuration assistants the user has a
guided routine that enables relay configuration. When
necessary, the relay can be programmed in LADDER using
mathematical and control blocks.
The LADDER program has a 64 kbyte memory and can use
the relay digital inputs and outputs.
Communication between software and relay can be
performed through USB port or ModBus network.
The WLP software is free and supplied with the product.
It can be also obtained from the website www.weg.net.
Technical Data
Configuration Assistants
These routines have been especially created to assist relay configuration. They help the user to configure the relay in an easy self
explanatory manner.
! Configuration Assistant: Control Configuration.
Monitoring Dialogues
These dialogues have been especially created to monitor the relay.
They monitor exclusive relay information.
! Monitoring dialogues: Diagnostic.
228
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Applications
The main function of the SRW01 is to protect and control
electric motors in their most diverse industrial applications.
Due to its reduced size and modular design, the relay is
frequently used when space for its assembly is a determining
point, e.g. in Intelligent Motor Control Centers.
Its high reliability and precision make the
SRW01 suitable for the toughest
industrial applications.
The on-line monitoring options, failure
diagnosis and failure statistics allow
preventive maintenance to be more
effective, thus reducing the number of
downtimes.
It offers wide application for continuous
process plants in the following market
segments:
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
Chemical and Petrochemical
Pulp and Paper
Mining and Cement
Food and Beverage
Metal and Fabrication
Plastics and rubber
Automotive
Ceramics
Textile
Refrigeration
Other segments
Technical Data
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
E&OE
Greater reliability on the protection
system
Operator safety in operation,
supervision and maintenance.
System modularity and easy
expansion.
Reduction in control wiring.
Reduction in motor control hardware.
Remote monitoring, supervision and
control via fieldbus network,
microcomputer (WLP) or HumanMachine Interface.
Remote reset of the relay
Quick and precise defect identification.
Automatic defect records and
statistics.
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
229
www.zest.co.za
Selection guide
UC - Control Unit
SRW01-U C
T
E47
Communication protocol
B = without communication
D = DeviceNet
M = ModBus
P = ProfiBus
Terminal S1-S2 Function
T = PTC
Digital input operating voltage
1 = 24Vdc
2 = 110Vac
Supply voltage
E47 = 110-240Vac / Vdc
UMC - Current Measuring Unit
SRW01-UMC 1
Current range
1 = 0.5...5 A
2 = 1.25....12.5 A
3 = 2.5...25 A
4 = 12.5...125 A
5 = 42...420 A
6 = 84...840 A
For current range of 0.25 to
2.5A pass the cable twice
through the primary when
using SRW01 – UMC1 .
Technical Data
Communication Module
SRW01-MC D
Communication protocol
D = DeviceNet
P = ProfiBus - DP
M = ModBus
UC-UMC Connection Cable
Length
SRW01-CB 1
0 = 60mm
1 = 120 mm
2 = 500 mm
3 = 2000 mm
4 = 1000 mm
230
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Selection guide
HMI - Human - Machine Interface
Can be used for monitoring parameterization
and operation of the relay
SRW01-HMI
UC-HMI Cable Connection
SRW01-CH 1
Length
1 = 500 mm
2 = 1000 mm
3 = 1500 mm
4 = 2000 mm
USB Cable Connection
SRW01-USB
Shielded miniUSB cable for communication with
PC. Available in length of 2000 mm.
Technical Data
Fixing adaptor
PLMP
Adaptor for screw mounting.
Note: Quantity per package: 2 pieces.
Bus bar for UMC
SRW01-BAR
Available for UMC6 only
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
231
www.zest.co.za
Assembly position
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)
UC - Control Unit
Current measurement:
- without connection bus bar
- with connection busbar
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
Acceptable ambient temperature:
- Operation
- Strorage and transport
UC - Control Unit
Insulation Rated Voltage Ui
Supply Rated Voltage Us
Operating range
Consumption
Number of digital inputs
Number of digital outputs
Motor protection via – PTC:
- TRIP value
- Rearm value
Terminals (connectors)
- Torque
Conductor diameter:
Rigid and no end sleeve
Flexible with/without terminals
Any
IP20
IP20
IP00
IP20
0...+60ºC (+32...+140 0F)
-25...+80ºC (-10...+1760F)
300V
110...240Vac/Vdc @ 50/60Hz
0.90Us ...1.10Us
13W
4 optically insulated inputs
4 relay outputs
> 3.9kΩ
< 1.6kΩ
0.8...1.2Nm (7.1...+11lb-in)
1 x (0.5...4 mm2); 2 x (0.5...2.5 mm2)
1 x (0.5...2.5 mm2); 2 x (0.5...1.5 mm2)
Error or failure reset– System
TRIP or alarm reset - Protections
RESET button
Current Measuring Unit (UMC)
Current ranges
Degree of insulation Ui
Operating rated voltage Ue
- IEC 60947-4-1
- UL 508
Impulse voltage Uimp
Motor rated frequency
Application
Diameter for cables:
SRW01-UMC1, SRW01-UMC2, SRW01-UMC3
SRW01-UMC4
SRW01-UMC5
SRW01-UMC6
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs
Source for digital inputs
Digital inputs current
Insulation
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs
0.25...840Aac
690Vac
690Vac
600Vac
6kV
Up to 99Hz
Single phase and three phase
Technical Data
8mm
15mm
Busbar
31mm or busbar
4 optically insulated inputs
24Vdc internal source (insulated)
11mA to 24Vdc
3kV
4 relay outputs
2 SPST
2 SPST commom shared
12...250Vac/Vdc
1W or 1 VA
Contact grouping
Contact voltage range
Lowest operating power
Operating capacity per relay contact:
6 A / 24 Vac
6 A / 120 Vac
3 Aac / 230 Vac
AC-15 (IEC 60947-5-1)
2 A / 24 Vdc
0.55 A / 60 Vdc
0.25 A / 125 Vdc
6 A gL/gG fuse
1.000.000 operations
100.000 operations (0.5 A/250 Vac)
50.000 operations (1.5 A/250 Vac)
100.000 operations (0.5 A/250 Vdc)
50.000 operations (1.5 A/250 Vdc)
DC-13 (IEC60947-5-1)
External protection against short circuit
Mechanical life
Electrical life (AC-15):
Electrical life (DC-13):
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
235
www.zest.co.za
Dimensions (mm)
SRW01-UC - Control Unit
236
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
SRW01-UMC - Current Measuring Unit
Dimensions (mm)
UMC 1- UMC 2- UMC 3
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
237
www.zest.co.za
SRW01-UMC - current Measuring Unit
Dimensions (mm)
UMC 5
UMC 6
(without busbar)
238
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Dimensions (mm)
HMI - Human Machine Interface
UMC 6
(with busbar)
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
239
www.zest.co.za
Miniature Circuit Breakers
MDW Miniature Circuit Breakers
The MDW thermomagnetic circuit breaker was developed for the protection of electrical installation against overload and short
circuit. With currents that vary from 2 to 100A, the MDW is avaliable with 1, 2, 3 or 4 poles. Thermal and magnetic triggers for
protection against overload and short circuit act quiclky in detecting and extinguishing the failure. It is equipped with a “free
trigger” mechanism guaranteeing miniature circuit breaker performance even with the activation lever locked in the “off”
position. Special contacts ensure safety against welding in case of short circuit as well as the arc extinction chamber, which
absorbs the electric arc energy, extinguishing it when a short circuit occurs.
!""B Curve
The main characteristic of the B curve is the instantaneous
trigger for currents between 3 to 5 times the rated current.
Therefore, they are mainly applied for the protection of
circuits with resistive characteristics or involving significant
cable distances. For example: Incandescent lamps, showers,
electric heaters and so forth.
Minutes
seconds
Trigger curves
The MDW miniature circuit breakers meet the B and C trigger
curve characteristics in accordance with the IEC 60898 Standard, enabling their use in the most varied applications.
Trigger Time
The MDW miniature circuit breakers also have auxiliary contact blocks (1 NOC), supplied as accessories.
!""C Curve
The main characteristic of the C curve is the instantaneous
trigger for currents between 5 to 10 times the rated current.
Thus, they are mainly applied for the protection of circuits
with inductive load installation.
Overview
For example: Fluorescent lamps, refrigerators, washing
machines and so forth.
SIW Switch-disconnectors
The SIW switch-disconnectors have the same house as the
miniature circuit breakers for the 2, 3 and 4 pole versions.
However, they are not provided with thermal and magnetic
triggers, i.e. they do not have trigger curves, their function is
only to disconnect electrical circuits with currents of up to
100A in accordance with IEC 60947-3 standard.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
241
www.zest.co.za
RDW Residual Current Circuit Breakers
Residential current circuit breakers are devices used for the protection of people and installations as to direct or indirect
contacts. They protect against the effects of ground leakage, by detecting these leakages that can occur in electrical
installation and opening the circuit.
Regardless of the ground scheme, the use of these devices with sensitivity equal to or less than 30mA is recommended in
circuits:
a) situated in locations containing bath or shower.
b) current sockets located in areas outside the building.
c) current sockets that could have to supply outside equipment.
d) kitchens, dining areas, laundries, service areas, garages and inside areas subjected to water or washing through normal
use.
30mA or 300mA sensitivity
The sensitivity or rated residual operating current (I(n) is the
first factor to dictate if this product can be applied for
protection against indirect contacts and for complementary
protection against direct contacts, or if it can only be
appplied against indirect contacts.
Operating Curve
The version with 30mA sensitivity is considered to be of high
sensitivity and can be used both for protection against
indirect contacts as well as for complementary protection
against direct contacts, guaranteeing full user/person
protection.
The version with 300mA sensitivity is considered to be of low
sensitivity and can be used only for the protection of
installations against indirect contacts or against fire risk
(according to installation standards), limiting the fault/ground
leakage currents to locations that process or store
inflammable materials, such as paper, straw, wood
fragments, plastics, and so forth.
Overview
Operating Principle
The residual current circuit breaker continuously measures
the vectorial sum of the currents that go through circuit
conductors. If the electrical curcuit is running smoothly, the
vetorial sum of the currents in its conductors is practically
null.
Connection diagrams
Should an insulation failure occur in a piece of equipment
supplied by this circuit, a ground fault current will appear.
When this occurs, the vectorial sum of the currents in the
conductors monitored is no longer null and the device
detects this current difference, opening the circuit.
In the same way, if somebody touches a live part of the
protected circuit, the current will circulate through the
person’s body, equally causing an umbalance in the vectorial
sum of the currents. This imbalance will also be detected as if
it were a ground fault current.
242
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
Operating Principle
!""Zone 1
No perceivable effect.
!""Zone 2
Physicological effects generally not damaging
!""Zone 3
Notable physicological effects (cardiac arrest, respiratory
arrest, muscular contractions, generally reversable).
!""Zone 4
Higher probability of serious physicological effects and
irreversible cardiac arrest and respiratory arrest.
Residual current breaker with 30 mA sensitivity operating
range.
E&OE
Notes:
1.
The 2 pole version are normally used in phase/neutral or phase/
phase systems.
2.
3.
The 4 pole version can be used in any type of network.
All phase conductors, including neutral, can be connected to
RDW, however, the ground conductor must not be connected.
The neutral conductor in the RDW outlet must remain insulated
throughout the installation and must not be connected to the
ground.
4.
If a 4 pole RDW is used as a 2 pole, the phase must pass through
terminals 5-6 and the neutral through 7-8.
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
MDW Minature Circuit Breakers
TECHNICAL DATA
Standards
IEC 60898, IEC 60947-2
Rated operating voltage Ue
400 Vac
Rated insulation voltage Ui
660 Vac
Frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Rated currents In
2 to 100A
NM 60898
Short circuit breaking capacity - Ics / Icn
3 kA (6 to 100A); 1.5 kA (2A. 4A)
IEC 60947-2
5 kA (6 to 100A); 1.5 kA (2A, 4A)
B (3 to 5 times In)
Trigger curves
C (5 to 10 times In)
Number of poles
1, 2, 3 and 4P
Ambient temperature
-5 to 40 ºC
Electrical life
6000 operations
Mechanical life
20000 operations
Degree of protection
IP 20
Connection capacity
MDW (2 to 63A)
1 to 25 mm²
MDW (80A, 100A)
10 to 35 mm²
Mounting position
Without restriction
Assembly
DIN rail 35 mm
Weight (kg)
ACCESSORIES
Type
Auxiliary contact block
1 pole
0.105 (2 to 63A); 0.155 (80A. 100A)
2 pole
0.210 (2 to 63A); 0.315 (80A. 100A)
3 pole
0.315 (2 to 63A); 0.475 (80A. 100A)
4 pole
0.420 (2 to 63A); 0.630 (80A. 100A)
Contact configuration
1 REV
Application
References
MDW (2 to 63A)
MDW-BC1
MDW (80A, 100A)
MDW-BC2
Technical Data - Auxiliary contact block
Contact switching capacity
AC-14
6A (230Vac), 3A (400Vac)
DC-12
2A (60Vdc), 1A (125Vdc)
DC-13
6A (24Vdc), 2A (48Vdc)
0,04
Technical Data
Weight (kg)
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
247
www.zest.co.za
RDW Residual Current Circuit Breakers
TECHNICAL DATA
Standard
Rated operating voltage Ue
IEC 61008
2 pole
230 Vac
4 pole
230/400 Vac
Rated insulation voltage Ui
500 Vac
Frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Residual rated currents IΔn
30 or 300 mA
Rated currents In
25 to 100A
Number of poles
2 and 4P
Type
AC
Resistance to short circuit
6 kA
Ambient temperature
-25 to 40 ºC
Electrical life
6000 operations
Mechanical life
10000 operations
Degree of protection
IP 20
Connection capacity
1 to 35 mm²
Mounting position
Without restriction
Assembly
0.255
4 pole
0.455
Technical Data
Weight (kg)
DIN rail 35 mm
2 pole
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
249
www.zest.co.za
RDW Residual Current Circuit Breakers
TECHNICAL DATA
Standard
IEC 60947-3
Rated operating voltage Ue
400 Vac
Rated insulation voltage Ui
660 Vac
Frenquency
50 / 60 Hz
Rated currents In
40 to 100A
Number of poles
2, 3 and 4P
Ambient temperature
-5 to 40 ºC
Electrical life
6000 operations
Mechanical life
20000 operations
Degree of protection
IP 20
Connection capacity
SIW (40 to 63A)
1 to 25 mm²
SIW (80A, 100A)
10 to 35 mm²
Mounting position
Without restriction
Assembly
DIN rail 35 mm
Weight (kg)
2 pole
0.165 (40 to 63A); 0.285 (80A, 100A)
3 pole
0.248 (40 to 63A); 0.428 (80A, 100A)
4 pole
0.330 (40 to 63A); 0.570 (80A, 100A)
ACCESSORIES
Type
Contact configuration
Application
Auxiliary contact block
1 REV
SIW (40A, 63A)
MDW - BC1
SIW (80A, 100A)
MDW - BC2
Technical Data - Auxiliary contact block
Contact switching capacity
AC-14
6A/230Vac - 3A/400Vac
DC-12
2A/60Vdc - 1A/125Vdc
DC-13
6A/24Vdc - 2A/48Vdc
0.04
Technical Data
Weight (Kg)
250
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
References
www.zest.co.za
MDW (2A...63A)
SIW (40A, 63A) Series
17,7
53,1
35,4
70,8
MDW (80A...100A) Series
MDW-BC/BC2
MDW-BC Connection Scheme
Dimensions (mm)
RDW (2P, 4P) Series
11
12
14
252
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Molded-case Circuit Breaker
Selection table
DWA Series - Thermal-magnetic trip
Reference for three-pole version (two and four pole versions upon request)
DWA160
VAC
VDC
Rated operational voltage Un 7)
Trip units
Rated operational current (thermal fixed) or
adjustment range of trip units (thermal adjustable)
In (45oC) 7)
Adjustment range of magnetic trip units (x In) 2)
Rated frequency
690
250
A
Hz
220/240VAC
380/415VAC
440VAC
500VAC
660/690VAC
% Icu
125VDC
250VDC
% Icu
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu (kA)
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity in Direct Current Icu (kA)
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity in Direct Current Icu (kA)
Utilization category
Thermal dissipation
10 x In
50/60
B
25
16
10
8
4
100
15
10
100
A
690
250
Thermal-magnetic fixed
10-12-16-20-25-32-40
50-63-70-80-90-100
110-125-150-160
10 x In
50/60
N
50
35
25
12
6
50
35
25
50
A
38
690
250
3000
8
0.95/1.2
70 6)
3/4 poles
Cables
W
VAC
VDC
V
kV
kg
mm2
Bars/terminals (max. width)
mm
11
Recommended bars
mm
63A=10x2 70/80A=10x3
100A=10x4 125A=10x5
160A=10x6
Insulation voltage
Voltage test at industrial frequency for 1 min.
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Weight
Maximum admissible cross-sections
Dimensions (width x depth x height)
mm
8
0.9/1.2
77x71x122
690
250
10 x In
50/60
L 1)
120
80
80
65
25
75
80
65
75
A
8
1.75
77x136x143
Notes:
For 2 and 3 pole versions only;
In = Rated Current (thermal fixed) or upper value adjustment range (thermal adjustable);
With PC DWA terminal lugs;
Thermal protection only available for alternating currents;
No terminal cover;
When using strained of fine strained cables, consider one cross-section smaller than the one indicated on the chart;
At altitudes higher than 2000m consider the reduction mentioned on the table below:
Factor applied on the rated current of the breaker - In;
Factor applied on the rated voltage of the breaker - Un.
Overview
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Altitude reduction factor
Altitude (m)
Current 8)
Voltage 9)
2000
100%
100%
3000
98%
87%
4000
93%
73%
5000
90%
58%
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
253
www.zest.co.za
Molded-case Circuit Breaker
Selection table
DWA Series - Thermal-magnetic trip
DWA400
690
250
690
250
DWA630
690
250
690
250
DWA800
690
250
690
690
250
250
Thermal-magnetic adjustable
DWA1250
690
250
DWA1600
690
250
690
250
80/100 100/125
125/160 160/200
200/250 250/320 320/400
5-10 x In
5-10 x In
5-10 x In
50/60
50/60
50/60
N
H
L
65
80
100
35
65
80
35
65
80
25
50
65
20
25
30
100
75
50
35
65
80
25
50
65
100
75
50
A
A
A
55
690
250
3000
8
8
8
4/5
4.5/5.6
4.5/5.6
240 3) 6)
225/320
280/400 350/500
560/800 4)
440/630
5-10 x In
5-10 x In
4-8 x In
4-8 x In
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
N
H
N
H
65
80
65
80
35
65
35
65
35
65
35
65
25
50
25
50
20
25
20
25
100
75
100
75
35
65
35
65
25
50
25
50
100
75
100
75
A
A
A
A
95
140
690
690
250
250
3000
3000
8
8
8
8
7/8.7
7.1/8.8
7.2/9
7.4/9.2
2x240 3) 6)
22
50
50
250A=20x3
400A=2(20x3)
320/400=40x6
400/500 500/630=50x8
630/800=50x10
630/800=2(50x6)
800/1000=2(50x6)
1000/1250=2(50x8)
1250/1600=2(50x10)
106x98x257 5)
210x98x257 5)
210x146x345 5)
630/800 800/1000
1000/1250 4)
4-8 x In
50/60
S
80
50
50
40
30
100
50
40
100
A
690
250
1250/1600 4)
4-8 x In
50/60
H
100
65
65
50
35
75
65
50
75
A
4-8 x In
50/60
S
80
50
50
40
30
100
50
40
100
A
175
690
250
3000
8
17/22
300
690
250
3000
8
18/23
8
18/23
4x240 3) 6)
Overview
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
For 2 and 3 pole versions only;
In = Rated Current (thermal fixed) or upper value adjustment range (thermal adjustable);
With PC DWA terminal lugs;
Thermal protection only available for alternating currents;
No terminal cover;
When using strained of fine strained cables, consider one cross-section smaller than the one indicated on the chart;
At altitudes higher than 2000m consider the reduction mentioned on the table below:
Factor applied on the rated current of the breaker - In;
Factor applied on the rated voltage of the breaker - Un.
Altitude reduction factor
254
Altitude (m)
Current 8)
Voltage 9)
2000
100%
100%
3000
98%
87%
4000
93%
73%
5000
90%
58%
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
4-8 x In
50/60
H
100
65
65
50
35
75
65
50
75
A
8
19/25
www.zest.co.za
Molded-case Circuit Breaker
Selection table
DWM series for motor protection - Magnetic trip
Reference for three-pole version (two and four pole versions upon request)
Rated operational voltage Un
Adjustment range of magnetic trip units (x In) 1)
Rated frequency
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity in Direct
Current Icu (kA)
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity in Direct Current Ics
Utilization category
Thermal dissipation
Insulation voltage Ui
Voltage test at industrial frequency for 1 min.
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Weight
Cables
DWM630
DWM1250
DWM1600
690
250
Magnetic adjustable
690
250
690
250
150-185250-320
420-500
700-800
1000
70 4)
7.5-15 x In 7.5-15 x In
50/60
50/60
H
L
80
100
65
80
65
80
50
65
25
30
75
50
65
80
50
65
75
50
A
A
55
690
250
3000
8
8
4.5
4.5
240 3) 4)
7.5-15 x In
50/60
H
80
65
65
50
25
75
65
50
75
A
95
690
250
3000
8
7.1
2x240 3) 4)
7.5-15 x In 7.5-15 x In
50/60
50/60
H
H
100
100
65
65
65
65
50
50
35
35
75
75
65
65
50
50
75
75
A
A
175
300
690
690
250
250
3000
3000
8
8
18
19
4x240 3) 4)
A
9-12-18-25-3240-50-65-80-95
Hz
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu (kA)
DWM400
690
690
250
250
Magnetic fixed
Trip units
Rated operational current (thermal fixed) or adjustment range
of trip units (thermal adjustable) In (45oC)
DWM160
VAC
VDC
220/240VAC
380/415VAC
440VAC
500VAC
660/690VAC
% Icu
125 VDC
250 VDC
% Icu
W
VAC
VDC
V
kV
kg
mm2
12 x In
50/60
N
50
35
25
12
6
50
35
25
50
A
12 x In
50/60
L
120
80
80
65
25
75
80
65
75
A
38
690
250
3000
8
0.95
8
1.75
690
250
690
250
Bars/terminals
(max. width)
mm
11
22
50
50
Recommended
bars
mm
63A=10x2 70/80A=10x3
100A=10x4 125A=10x5
160A=10x6
250A=20x3
400A=2(20x3)
320/400=40x6
400/500 500/630=50x8
630/800=50x10
630/800=2(50x6)
800/1000=2(50x6)
1000/1250=2(50x8)
1250/1600=2(50x10)
mm
77x71x122
106x98x257 2)
210x98x257 2)
210x146x345 2)
Maximum admissible cross-sections
Overview
Dimensions (width x depth x height)
77x136x143
Notes:
1. In = rated current;
2. No terminal cover;
3. With PC DWA terminal lugs;
4. When using strained of fine strained cables, consider one cross-section smaller than the one indicated on the chart.
258
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Molded-case Circuit Breaker
Selection table
DWG Series for generator protection - Thermal-magnetic trip
Reference for three-pole version (two and four pole versions upon request)
Rated operational voltage Un
DWG160
DWG400
DWG630
VAC
VDC
690
250
Thermal-magnetic fixed
690
250
690
250
A
30-55-75-85-105125-140-160
Trip units
W
VAC
VDC
V
kV
kg
mm2
5 x In
50/60
B
25
16
10
8
4
100
A
38
690
250
3000
8
0.9
70 4)
160/200
200/250
250/320
320/400
2.5-5 x In
50/60
N
65
35
35
25
20
100
A
55
690
250
3000
8
4
240 3) 4)
Bars/Terminals
(max width)
mm
11
22
Recommended
bars
mm
Rated operational current (thermal fixed) or adjustment range
of trip units (thermal adjustable) In (45oC)
Adjustment range of magnetic trip units (x In) 2)
Rated frequency
Hz
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu (kA)
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics
Utilization category
Thermal dissipation
Insulation voltage Ui
Voltage test at industrial frequency for 1 min.
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Weight
Cables
220/240VAC
380/415VAC
440VAC
500VAC
660/690VAC
% Icu
DWG 800
DWG1250
50
50
320/400=40x6
400/500 - 500/630=50x8
630/800=50x10
630/800=2(50x6)
800/1000=2(50x6)
1000/1250=2(50x8)
1250/1600=2(50x10)
210x98x258 1)
210x146x345 1)
Maximum admissible cross-sections
Overview
Dimensions (width x depth x height)
mm
63A=10x2 70/80A=10x3
250A=20x3
100A=10x4 125A=10x5
400A=2(20x3)
160A=10x6
77x71x122
106x98x257 1)
Notes:
1. In = rated current;
2. No terminal cover;
3. With PC DWA terminal lugs;
4. When using strained of fine strained cables, consider one cross-section smaller than the one indicated on the chart.
260
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
DWG1600
690
690
690
250
250
250
Thermal-magnetic adjustable
225/320
280/400
800/1000
630/800
1250/1600
350/500
1000/1250
440/630
2.5-5 x In
2.5-5 x In
2.5-5 x In
2.5-5 x In
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
N
N
S
S
65
65
80
80
35
35
50
50
35
35
50
50
25
25
40
40
20
25
30
30
100
100
100
100
A
A
A
A
95
140
175
300
690
690
690
690
250
250
250
250
3000
3000
3000
3000
8
8
8
8
7
7.2
17
18
2x240 3) 4)
4x240 3) 4)
www.zest.co.za
Molded-case Circuit Breaker
Undervoltage release Code
12V50/60Hz
D01
24V50/60Hz
D02
48V50/60Hz
D07
60V50/60Hz
D09
110-127V50/60Hz
D59
220-240V50/60Hz
D66
250V50/60Hz
D26
380-415V50/60Hz
D70
440-480V50/60Hz
D74
500V50/60Hz
D75
660-690V50/60Hz
D76
12VDC
C02
24VDC
C03
48VDC
C07
60VDC
C09
110VDC
C12
125VDC
C13
220VDC
C15
250VDC
C17
None
0
N/A
Breaking capacity
16kA (380/415VAC)
35kA (380/415VAC)
50kA (380/415VAC)
65kA (380/415VAC)
80kA (380/415VAC)
N/A
D
W
A
1
6
0
0
Code
B
N
S
H
L
-
S
-
1
2
Contact blocks
AL
BC1
BC1+AL
BC2
BC2+AL
BC3
BC3+AL
BC4
BC4+AL
None
N/A
Nr of poles
2*
3
4*
5
0
-
3
-
0
-
3
1
D
3
4
-
1
2
Code
400
10
320
150
1250
Current
Code
Current
Code
Current
Code
Current
Code
9A
10A
12A
16A
18A
20A
25A
30A
32A
40A
50A
55A
63A
65A
70A
9
10
12
16
18
20
25
30
32
40
50
55
63
65
70
75A
80A
85A
90A
95A
100A
80-100A
105A
110A
125A
100-125A
140A
150A
160A
125-160A
75
80
85
90
95
185A
200A
160-200A
250A
200-250A
320A
200-320A(DWA630)
250-320A(DWA400)
400A
320-400A
420A
500A
400-500A
630A
500-630A
185
700A
800A
560-800A(DWA630)
630-800A(DWA1250)
1000A
800-1000A
1250A
1000-1250A
1600A
1250-1600A
700
105
110
125
140
150
160
E&OE
200
250
320
400
Shunt release
110-127V50/60Hz
220-240V50/60Hz
250V50/60Hz
110VDC
125VDC
12V50/60Hz-DC
24V50/60HZ-DC
48V50/60HZ-DC
60V50/60HZ-DC
None
N/A
E
Rated current
280-400A
10A
225/320A
150A
1000/1250A
Check table below
100
Code
130
166
430
465
13P
43P
13V
43V
MRI
0
-
Reference
DWG630
DWG800
DWG1250
DWG1600
IWA100
IWA125
IWA160
IWA251
IWA400
IWA630
IWA800
IWA1000
IWA1250
IWA1600
Reference
DWA160
DWA400
DWA630
DWA800
DWA1250
DWA1600
DWM160
DWM400
DWM630
DWM1250
DWM1600
DWG160
DWG400
Switching accessories
MR-130 (DWA160 to 400)
MR-166 (DWA630 to 1600)
MR-430 (DWA160 to 400)
MRB-130 (DWA630 to 1600)
MRB-130 (DWA160)
MRB-430 (DWA160)
MRB-130E (DWA160)
MRB-430E (DWA160)
MRI (EXCEPT DWA160)
None
N/A
Code
01
10
11
20
21
30
31
40
41
0
Code
D60
D66
D26
C12
C13
E25
E26
E27
E28
0
800
1000
1250
1600
420
500
630
*2 and 4 poles upon request
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
267
Overview
Selection guide
www.zest.co.za
Thermal-magnetic Tripping Curves - DWA
DWA160B / 160N / 160L
DWA400N / 400H / 400L
Cold state
Time (s)
Time (s)
Cold state
Hot state
Hot state
Max. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
QRBS).AAF.HIF.JAFHAAFHIA)C
$%&'(.AAF.HIF.JAFHAAFDHAFLAAC
DWA630N / 630H
DWA800N / 800H
DWA1250S/H / DWA1600 S/H
Cold state
Cold state
Hot state
Time (s)
Time (s)
Time (s)
Cold state
Hot state
Hot state
Max. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
Max. mag. adjust
QRBS)DHAFLAAFIAAFJDA)C
Technical Data
Min. mag. adjust
Max. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
QRBS)TAAF.AAAF.HIAF.JAA)C
Thermal-magnetic Tripping Curves - DWA Series
The tripping curves show the trip times according to the adjusted current in the circuit breaker. These average values were taken
in cold state, and considering that the three thermal bimetal blades were submitted to the same load.
According to IEC standards, trip time can rise in 10% in case of a bipolar overload and 20% in case of a single pole overload.
When the circuit breakers are heated in normal operation, the trip times drop according to the “hot” values shown in the curves.
The electromagnetic releases have instantaneous action to protect against high overloads and short-circuits and the trip times
are between the maximum and minimum values specified, with ±20% tolerance in accordance with IEC 60947-2 standard. For
applications in single or two phase circuits, the circuit breaker poles must be connected in series.
268
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Magnetic Tripping Curves - DWM Series
DWM400 / DWM630
DWM1250 / DWM1600
Time (s)
Time (s)
DWM160
Thermal-magnetic Tripping Curves - DWG Series
DWG160B
DWG400N
DWG630N
Cold state
Cold state
Time (s)
Time (s)
Time (s)
Cold state
Hot state
Hot state
Hot state
Max. mag. adjust
Max. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
$%&'(HAAFHIAFDHAFLAAC
$%&'
$%&'
DWG1250S
DWG1600S
Technical Data
DWG800N
Min. mag. adjust
Cold state
Time (s)
Cold state
Time (s)
Time (s)
Cold state
Hot state
Hot state
Hot state
Max. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
$%&'
Max. mag. adjust
Max. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
Min. mag. adjust
$%&'
$%&'
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
269
www.zest.co.za
Mounting position
DWA400
DWA630/800
P4!R/
P4!R/
Dimensions (mm)
P4!R/
P4!R/
DWA160B/N
270
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
DWA160L
DWA1250/1600
P4!R/
P4!R/
www.zest.co.za
Panel door flange - MP
DWA160
DWA630 / DWA1600
DWA400
Circuit breakers with terminal lugs - PC
DWA400
DWA630 / DWA800
P4!R/
P4!R/
DWA1600
P4!R/
P4!R/
Dimensions (mm)
DWA1250
P4!R/
P4!R/
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
271
www.zest.co.za
Circuit breakers with extension bars - BE
DWA251 - 400
P4!R/
P4!R/
DWA400
DWA630 / DWA800
Central Bar
P4!R/
P4!R/
Side Bars
DWA1250
DWA1600
P4!R/
P4!R/
Dimensions (mm)
P4!R/
P4!R/
272
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Air Circuit Breakers ABW
Designed for the protection of high power electrical circuits,
the ABW Air Circuit Breakers are state-of-the art products in
terms of technology and design.
The characteristics that make this line stand out include:
Wide range of current adjustment
ABW16
640 to 1600A
ABW20
800 to 2000A
ABW25
1000 to 2500A
ABW32
1280 to 3200A
ABW40
1600 to 4000A
ABW50
2000 to 5000A
ABW63
2520 to 6300A
High short circuit breaking capacity, with Ics = Icu for
the entire series
Icu = Ics @
460/480/500V
ABW16
65 kA
ABW20
85 kA
ABW25...32
85 kA
ABW40...50
100 kA
ABW63
120 kA
Available in two versions:
FIXED and WITHDRAWABLE
Microprocessed electronic protection units, with LSIG
protection and the possibility for network
communication
ABW 1600 A
ABW 3200 A
ABW 5000 A
ABW 6300 A
Overview
Complete range of accessories
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
277
www.zest.co.za
Construction Characteristics
Spring loading lever
Arc extinction chambers
Protection unit
Suspension slots
TRIP indication
button
OFF Button
ON Button
Withdrawable rack
(withdrawable version only)
Operation
counter
Withdrawing rail
(withdrawable version only)
Status indicator
ON / OFF
Position indicator – Inserted / Test /
Withdrawn (withdrawable version only)
Spring charge indicator –
Charged / Not charged
Position locked by padlock
(withdrawable version only)
Overview
Technical data
278
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
ABW16
ABW20
ABW25
ABW32
ABW40
ABW50
ABW63
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
6300
Max. Rated Current - In max. (A) (40°C)
Rated Operational Voltage - Ue (V)
690
Rated Insulation Voltage - Ui (V)
1000
Impulse Voltage - Uimp (kV)
12
Frequency (Hz)
50 / 60
Number of poles
3/4
Versions
Fixed / Withdrawable
Protection units
Electronic
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
- Icu (kA)
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity
- Ics (kA)
220 / 380 / 415 V
65
85
100
120
440 / 480 / 500 V
65
85
100
120
550 / 600 / 690 V
50
85
85
100
220 / 380 / 415 V
65
85
100
120
440 / 480 / 500 V
65
85
100
120
550 / 600 / 690 V
50
85
85
100
1s
50
85
85
100
2s
42
75
75
90
3s
36
65
65
85
220 / 380 / 415 V
143
187
220
264
440 / 480 / 500 V
143
187
220
264
550 / 600 / 690 V
105
187
187
220
Rated short-time withstand current - Icw (kA)
Rated making capacity - Icm (kA peak)
Utilisation category
B
Operating time (ms)
Max. total breaking time
40
Max. closing time
80
Mechanical lifespan (number of operations)
20000
15000
10000
10000
Electrical lifespan (number of operations)
5000
5000
2000
2000
! 20001)
Altitude (m)
Operating
Ambient temperature
-5...40°C2)
Storage
Weight (kg)
-20...60°C
Withdrawable3)
61
85
143
184
Fixed
32
42
74
96
Horizontal
Connection terminal - Fixed / Withdrawable
Standard
Vertical
3P
External dimensions HxWxD (mm)
4P
Standard - change position
Optional (under request)
Withdrawable
430x334x424
430x412x424
460x629x449
460x785x449
Fixed
320x354x328
320x432x328
380x649x363
380x805x363
Withdrawable
430x419x424
430x527x424
460x799x449
460x1015x449
Fixed
320x439x328
320x547x328
380x819x363
380x1035x363
Notes:
1) For installation above 2000m from sea level, please consider derating factors, as shown in the chart below;
2) For ambient temperature above 40°C, check maximum rated current values in the chart below;
3) Including withdrawable rack.
Altitude - h
Rated voltage
reduction factor
Insulation voltage
h ! 2000m
690
1000
1.00
2000 < h ! 3000m
590
900
0.99
Rated current reduction factor
3000 < h ! 4000m
520
700
0.96
4000 < h ! 5000m
460
600
0.94
Vertical position terminal
ABW16 ABW20 ABW25 ABW32 ABW40 ABW50 ABW63
ABW16 ABW20 ABW25 ABW32 ABW40
ABW50
ABW63
40°C
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
6300
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
6300
45°C
1600
2000
2500
3200
3900
5000
6300
1600
2000
2500
3200
3950
5000
6300
50°C
1600
2000
2500
3100
3800
4900
6200
1600
2000
2500
3150
3850
4950
6250
55°C
1550
2000
2400
3000
3700
4800
6100
1600
2000
2450
3050
3750
4850
6150
60°C
1500
2000
2300
2900
3600
4700
6000
1550
2000
2350
2950
3650
4750
6050
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
Technical Data
Horizontal position terminal
Ambient
temperature
279
www.zest.co.za
Selection Guide
Accessories
– no accessories
B - ON/OFF button lock
K - key lock for 1 ACB
K2 - key interlock for 3 ACBs
M - mechanial interlock (2 breakers)
M3 - mechanical interlock (3 breakers)
D - door interlock
BK - B+K
B2 - B+K2
BM - B+M
BD - B+D
KM - K+M
KD - K+D
CP - ProfiBus communication 1)
CM - ModBus communication 1)
Air Circuit
Breaker WEG
Max. Rated
Current
16 – 1600A
20 – 2000A
25 – 2500A
32 – 3200A
40 – 4000A
50 – 5000A
63 – 6300A
Rated Current
16 – 1600A
20 – 2000A
25 – 2500A
32 – 3200A
40 – 4000A
50 – 5000A
63 – 6300A
Frame sizes
DN – for 1600A
ES – for 2000~3200A
FS – for 4000~5000A
GS – for 6300A
Number of poles
3 - 3 poles
4 - 4 poles
Version
F - Fixed
E - Withdrawable
Auxiliary Contacts
A – 5NO+5NC
Optional (withdrawable version)
B – 5NO + 5NC + position auxiliary
contact (withdrawable)
Protection Unit 2)
Standard unit
AZ1 – LSIG + A3) (100~250VAC/DC, 60Hz)
Optional units
AZ6 – LSIG + A3) (100~250Vac/dc, 50Hz)
AC1 – LSIG + A3) + Communication (100~250VAC/DC, 60Hz)
AC6 – LSIG + A3) + Communication (100~250VAC/DC, 50Hz)
PC1 – LSIG + M4) + Communication (100~250VAC/DC, 60Hz)
PC6 – LSIG + M4) + Communication (100~250VAC/DC, 50Hz)
Overview
Undervoltage Release
0 – no release
Optional
1 – 100~130VAC/DC
2 – 200~250VAC/DC
3 – 24~30VDC
4 - 48~60VDC
5 - 380~480VAC
6 - 200~250VAC/DC with delay
7 - 100~130VAC/DC with delay
8 - 48~60VDC with delay
9 - 380~480VAC with delay
Motorized Operator
Standard
0 – no motor operator
Optional
1 – 100~130VAC/DC
2 – 200~250VAC/DC
3 – 24~30VDC
4 – 48~60VDC
5 – 380VAC
6 – 480VAC
Standard Closing Coil
2 – 200~250VAC/DC
Optional
0 – no coil
1 – 100~130VAC/DC
3 – 24~30VDC
4 – 48~60VDC
5 – 380~480VDC
Accessories supplied as optionals
Accessories supplied as standard for the entire range
Motor operator
Auxiliary contacts (5NO+5NC)
Undervoltage release
Alarm contacts
Condenser trip device
Opening coil 200-250VAC/DC
Key lock
Closing coil 200-250VAC/DC
Key interlock
Operation counter
Door frame
Position locking with Padlock (padlock not included) – withdrawable version only
Transparent cover
Position indicator (Inserted /Test/ Withdrawn) – withdrawable version only
Mechanical interlock
Note:
Door interlock
1.
Position auxiliary contacts
2.
3.
4.
280
Standard Opening Coil
2 – 200~250VAC/DC
Optional
0 – no coil
1 – 100~130VAC/DC
3 – 24~30VDC
4 – 48~60VDC
5– 380~480VAC
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
To be used with circuit breakers that have protection units type
AC or PC.
For further information about the protection units, see pages 12,
13 and 14.
A - Current measurement
M - Current, voltage, power and frequency measurements
www.zest.co.za
Operation System
ABW air circuit breakers operate through a spring system,
which can be manually charged through a front lever, or
electrically through a motor (supplied as an accessory).
With the springs charged, situation in which the charge
indicador shows “CHARGED”, the circuit breaker can be
operated locally using the ON and OFF buttons.
Remote operation is also possible, through the Open and
Close coils assembled inside the circuit breaker. The closing
coil has an “antipumping” electronic circuit, which prevents
successive switching on a single command.
Another feature of this product is the indicator on the front
showing the status of the product: ON or OFF.
TRIP INDICATION
BUTTON
OFF BUTTON
CHARGE
LEVER
ON BUTTON
ON / OFF
INDICATOR
SPRING CHARGE
INDICATOR
In relation to the installation version, the circuit breakers can be installed as fixed or as withdrawable. The withdrawable
version is indicated for applications where eventual replacement or maintenance must be done in the shortest time possible.
These circuit breakers can be positioned at three distinct points in the withdrawable rack:
Inserted: in this position both the power and control circuits are connected.
The position indicator shows “CONNECTED”.
Test: position in which the control circuits are connected. The indicator shows
“TEST”.
Withdrawn: both circuits are disconnected. The indicator shows
“DISCONNECTED”.
Overview
Position Indicator
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
283
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Accessories
Protection and Measurement Units 1)
Type
ABW-AC1
Circuit Breaker
Frequency
Code
ABW16...63
60 Hz
AC1
ABW-AC6
ABW-PC1
ABW16...63
50 Hz
AC6
ABW-PC1
ABW-AC1
ABW16...63
60 Hz
PC1
ABW-PC6
ABW-PC1
ABW16...63
50 Hz
PC6
Protection unit ABW-AC_
Standard AZ_ unit characteristics + MODBUS communication (monitoring and diagnosis) and PROFIBUS communication possibility
(with ABW-CP module)
To connect/disconnect the circuit breaker via communication it is necessary to include the ABW-CM or ABW-CP module (accessory)
Protection unit ABW-PC_
AC unit characteristics + Minimum and maximum voltage and current, current disbalance and out of range frequency protections.
Current, voltage, power, frequency, power factor and phase angle measurement.
256 faults registry.
EXAMPLE: To describe the circuit breaker, replase the standard AZ_ code for the chosen unit code:
Standard circuit breaker with AZ1 unit:
ABW16DN4-16AZ1E-A0220
Circuit breaker with chosen AC1 unit:
ABW16DN4-16AC1E-A0220
Undervoltage Coil 1)
Type
Circuit Breaker
Voltage
Code
ABW-UVT C34
ABW16...63
24...30 Vdc
3
ABW-UVT E10
ABW16...63
110...130 Vac/Vdc
1
ABW-UVT E12
ABW16...63
200...250 Vac/Vdc
2
ABW-UVT E55
ABW16...63
380...480 Vac/Vdc
4
ABW16DN4-16AZ1E-A0222
Price List
EXAMPLE: Circuit breaker with instantaneous undervoltage coil in 200...250 Vca/dc:
Notes:
1. These accessories are assembled in the factory. Include in the price of the circuit breaker and ask for the code of the circuit breaker
with the assembled accessory.
284
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Product selection
www.zest.co.za
Accessories
Auxiliary Position Contacts (Draw-Out Circuit Breakers) 1)
Type
ABW-BC4
Circuit Breaker
Voltage
ABW16...63
B
EXAMPLE: Extractable circuit breaker with position auxiliary contacts:
ABW16DN4-16AZ1E-B0220
2NO for INSERTED position
Configuration
1NO for TEST position
1NO for WITHDRAWN position
ABW Status
Disconnected
ABW position
Contact Operation
Switching Capacity (A)
Connected
Disconnected
Test
Connected
CL - C (connected)
OFF
OFF
ON
CL - T (Test)
OFF
ON
OFF
CL - D (Disconnected)
ON
OFF
OFF
Voltage
Resistive load
Inductive load
125 VAC
10
10
250 VAC
10
10
460 VAC
5
2.5
30 VDC
10
10
125 VDC
10
10
250 VDC
3
1.5
Mechanical Interlock 1)
Type
Circuit Breaker
Code
ABW-IM1
ABW16...32
M
ABW-IM2
ABW40...63
M
ABW-IM1
ABW16...32
M3
ABW-IM2
ABW40...63
M3
EXAMPLE: Transfer with 2 equal extractable circuit breakers with mechanical interlock:
ABW16DN4-16AZ1E-A0220M
Door Interlock 1)
ABW-DI
Circuit Breaker
ABW16...32
EXAMPLE: Circuit breaker with door interlock:
Code
D
Price List
Type
ABW16DN4-16AZ1E-A0220D
Notes:
1. These accessories are assembled in the factory. Include in the price of the circuit breaker and ask for the code of the circuit breaker
with the assembled accessory.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
285
www.zest.co.za
Accessories
Protection unit
On ABW air circuit breakers, protection against over currents is performed through the ABW-OCR electronic
protection units.
The ABW-OCR AZ1 is supplied as standard for the circuit breakers from ABW16 up to ABW63 and offers protection against overload
(L), timed short circuit (S), instantaneous short circuit (I), ground fault (G) and earth leakage (needs an external CT supplied as
optional). These protections may be adjusted through the front dials.
Other protection units are supplied as optional accessories, allowing network communication, measurements and other protections.
A Z1
Communication
Z - no communication
C - includes communication
Supply Voltage
1 – 110...250VAC/DC 60Hz
6 – 110...250VAC/DC 50Hz
AZ
AC
PC
Circuit breakers
ABW16...63
ABW16...63
ABW16...63
Supply voltage*
110...250VAC/DC
110... 250VAC/DC
110...250VAC/DC
Comsumption
Rated frequency
Protection functions
5VA
5VA
5VA
1
60Hz
60Hz
60Hz
6
50Hz
50Hz
50Hz
L - Long-time delay (overload)
U
U
U
S - Short-time delay short-circuit
U
U
U
I - Instantaneous short-circuit
U
U
U
G - Ground fault
U
U
U
Earth leakage (external CT is needed - under request)
U
U
U
ZSI (protective coordination)
U
U
U
Over and under current
-
-
U
Frequency out of range
-
-
U
Unbalance (voltage/current)
-
-
U
Pre trip alarm
-
-
U
U (LEDs / aux. cont.)
U (LEDs / aux. cont.)
U (LEDs / aux. cont.)
Current (R / S / N / T)
U
U
U
3-phase Voltage/Current/RMS/Vector
-
-
U
Power (P, Q, S), FP (3-phase)
-
-
U
Frequency
-
-
U
Recording possibility
U
U
U
Number of records
10
10
256
Events sequence
U
U
U
Broken current value
U
U
U
Breaking total time
U
U
U
Event recording
-
-
256
Discrimination / Trip type indication
Measurements
Fault recording
Digital outputs
Parameterization
Network communication
3 fixed
3 fixed
3 programmable
Front adjustment knobs
U
U
U
Display + navigation keys
U
U
U
Parameterization password
U
U
U
Serial connection
-
RS485
RS485
ModBus Protocol (Status y measurements)
-
U
U
ModBus Protocol (Status, measurements and operation)
-
ABW-CM required
ABW-CM required
ProfiBus Protocol (Status, measurements and operation)
-
ABW-CP required
ABW-CP required
-
9600bps, 19200bps,
38400bps
9600bps, 19200bps,
38400bps
Baud rate
Technical Data
Measurements
A - Current
P - Current and voltage
* Protection unit is self-powered when breaker's current I > 20% In. For communication, external power is required.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
289
www.zest.co.za
Trip units
Type A
Technical Features
The characteristics of the ABW-OCR116 protection
unit meet all requirements for most systems and
applications. It is supplied standard for ABW16...63
circuit breakers.
LSIG protections
3 fixed digital outputs to indicate the alarms of
each protection
! Sequence of events, for the last 10 faults
! Protective coordination by ZSI
(Zone Selective Interlocking)
!
!
Display
The digital display indicates the values of instanteneous
current in each phase. It is also possible to check
other information, available in the system menus.
Indication LEDs
LED
Function
Alarm
Overload alarm - switches on in 90% Ir and flashes in 105% Ir
SP
Indicates self-protection and battery test
Ir
Indicates overload tripping (L)
Isd/Ii
Indicates timed (S) or instantaneous (I) short circuit tripping
Ig
Indicates ground fault (G)
Comm
Indicates communication status trip (optional)
Navigation Keys
Setting of the Protection Functions
Used for navigating through the available menus.
Key
Function
Parameter
Function / Setting range
Menu
Iu
Rated current setting
(0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1.0) x In
Ir
Overload current setting (function L)
(0.8-0.83-0.85-0.88-0.89-0.9-0.93-0.95-0.95-0.95-1.0) x Iu
tr
Overload tripping delay setting
(0.5-1-2-4-8-12-16-20-OFF) s @ 6xIr
Move the cursor up on screen or increase a setting value
Isd
Short-time short-circuit current setting (function S)
(1.5-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-OFF) x Ir
Move the cursor down on screen or decrease a
setting value
tsd
Short-time tripping delay setting Isd
I2t OFF (0.05-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s / I2t ON (0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s
Ii
Instantaneous short-circuit current setting (function I)
(2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15-OFF) x In
Ig
Ground fault current setting (function G)
(0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1-OFF) x In
tg
Ground fault time delay
I2t OFF (0.05-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s / I2t ON (0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s
Technical Data
Move the cursor or setting right/left on screen
Enter
Fault reset / ESC from menu
290
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Trip units
Type P
Technical Features
This unit was developed to meet the needs for electrical
applications and systems that require high technical
aspects. Supplied as accessory for the entire line.
LSIG protection
Protection against under and overcurrent, under and
overvoltage, current unbalance and frequency out of
range.
! Records up to 256 fault information
! Records up to 256 events related to setting change,
operation and state change (user choice)
! Protective coordination by ZSI
(Zone Selective Interlocking)
! Measurement of current, phase angle, voltage,
power, frequency, power factor, and others
!
!
Display
The digital display indicates the values of instanteneous
current in each phase. It is also possible to check
other information, available in the system menus.
Indication LEDs
LED
Function
Alarm
Overload alarm
SP
Indicates self-protection and battery test
Ir
Indicates overload tripping (L)
Isd/Ii
Indicates timed (S) or instantaneous (I) short circuit tripping
Ig
Indicates ground fault (G)
Comm
Indicates communication status trip (optional)
Setting of the Protection Functions
Navigation Keys
Key
Function
Parameter
Function / Setting range
Menu
Ir
Overload current setting (function L)
(0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1.0) x In
tr
Overload tripping delay setting Ir
(0.5-1-2-4-8-12-16-20-OFF) s @ 6xIr
Isd
Short-time short-circuit current setting (function S)
(1.5-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-OFF) x Ir
tsd
Short-time tripping delay setting Isd
I2t OFF (0.05-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s / I2t ON (0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s
Ii
Instantaneous short-circuit current setting (function I)
(2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15-OFF) x In
Ig
Ground fault current setting (function G)
(0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1-OFF) x In
tg
Ground fault time delay
I2t OFF (0.05-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s / I2t ON (0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4) s
Move the cursor or setting right/left on screen
Move the cursor up on screen or increase a
setting value
Move the cursor down on screen or decrease a
setting value
Enter
Fault reset / ESC from menu
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
291
Technical Data
Used for navigating through the available menus.
www.zest.co.za
Characteristic Curves
Technical Data
Protection function L - Overload adjustment - Ir and tr
292
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Characteristic Curves
Technical Data
Protection function S - Timed short circuit adjustment - Isd and tsd
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
293
www.zest.co.za
Characteristic Curves
Technical Data
Protection function I - Short circuit instantaneous adjustment- Ii
Protection function G - Ground fault adjustment - Ig and tg
294
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Characteristic Curves
Technical Data
Pre Alarm indication curve (available only on type P protection unit)
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
295
www.zest.co.za
Characteristic Curves
Technical Data
Current x Time characteristic curve adjustment - IDTML (available only on type P protection unit)
296
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
Main circuit
Reset
Circuit breaker
supply voltage
U1 413 423
11 21 31 41 51
13 23 33 43 53
314 312 324 322 334 332 344 342
341
311
331
14 24 34 44 54
Position auxiliary contacts
321
12 22 32 42 52
Auxiliary contacts
ON
Optional accessory only available
for withdrawable circuit breakers
OFF
Voltage Module
Closing coil
297
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
251 83 183 D1 C11 C1 A1
Charged
ON
CC
Supplied with
OCR type P
ZCT
V1 V2 V3 VN E1 Z3 Z1 485+ R11 R22 513 R2 R1
Shunt coil 1
M
U2 414 424
Charged
Charged springs
OFF
SHT1
252 84 184 D2 C12 C2 A2
Motor operator
OFF
SHT2
Shunt coil 2
Common
L
UVT
UVT coil
Protection unit
G
RES(+)
RES(-)
Trip contacts
ZSI Input
E2 Z4 Z2 485- 544 534 524
Ready to close
ZSI Output
Protection unit
S/I
Technical Data
www.zest.co.za
ABW - OCRAZ1
Electrical Wiring
www.zest.co.za
ABW16 – 3P Fixed Version
ABW16
Front view
ABW16
Top view
4;=,"#&'();"'=7)
$='#=,
V&6&'()%+7=
ABW16
Side view
ABW16
Horizontal terminals
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
298
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
ABW16 – 3P Withdrawable Version
ABW16
Front view
ABW16
Bottom view
ABW16
Side view
ABW16
Horizontal terminals
G&1$+''=$#=9)Y)M=1#);+1&#&+'1
Z+''=$#=9);+1&#&+'
C,$)=6#&'(0&1%&'()$%"*X=,
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
V&6&'()%+7=
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
299
www.zest.co.za
ABW20...32 – 3P Fixed Version
ABW20...32
Front view
ABW20...32
Top view
4;=,"#&'()
;"'=7)$='#=,
V&6&'()%+7=)
ABW20...32
Side view
ABW20...32
Horizontal terminals
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
300
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
ABW20...32 – 3P Withdrawable Version
ABW20...32
Front view
ABW20...32
Bottom view
ABW20...32
Side view
ABW20...32
Horizontal terminals
G&1$+''=$#=9)Y)M=1#);+1&#&+'1
Z+''=$#=9);+1&#+'
C,$)=6#&'(0&1%&'()$%"*X=,
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
V&6&'()%+7=
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
301
www.zest.co.za
ABW40...50 – 3P Fixed Version
ABW40...50
Front view
4;=,"#&'();"'=7)
$='#=,
ABW40...50
Top view
)))V&6&'()%+7=
ABW40...50
Horizontal terminals
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
Dimensions (mm)
ABW40...50
Side view
302
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
ABW40...50 – 3P Withdrawable Version
ABW40...50
Front view
4;=,"#&'();"'=7)
$='#=,
ABW40...50
Bottom view
ABW40...50
Horizontal terminals
ABW40...50
Side view
G&1$+''=$#=9)Y)M=1#);+1&#&+'1
Z+''=$#=9);+1&#&+'
C,$)=6#&'(0&1%&'()$%"*X=,
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
)V&6&'()%+7=
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
303
www.zest.co.za
ABW63 – 3P Fixed Version
ABW63
Front view
4;=,"#&'();"'=7)$='#=,
ABW63
Top view
)V&6&'()%+7=
ABW63
Side view
ABW63
Horizontal terminals
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
304
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
ABW63 – 3P Withdrawable Version
ABW63
Front view
ABW63
Bottom view
ABW63
Side view
ABW63
Horizontal terminals
G&1$+''=$#)"'9)#=1#);+1&#&+'1
Z+''=$#=9);+1&#&+'
C,$)=6#&'(0&1%&'()$%"*X=,
Dimensions (mm)
W'107"#&+')
X",,&=,
V&6&'()%+7=
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
305
www.zest.co.za
ABW16 - 4P Fixed Version
ABW16
Front view
ABW16
Top view
385
85
280
85
85
50
20
270
320
300
165
25
45
150
4;=,"#&'();"'=7)
Operating
panel
$='#=,
center
20
35
4- Ø14 Mounting Hole
415
12
250
12
165
439
439
ABW16
Side view
ABW16
Horizontal terminals
30
90
15
Dimensions (mm)
35
65
20
165
295
306
133
67
59.5
15
118
270
2-HF[.D
Æ13
45
32.5
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
50
15
25
15
W'107"#&+'
X",,&=,
www.zest.co.za
ABW16 - 4P Withdrawable Version
ABW16
Front view
ABW16
Bottom view
Operating panel center
42.5
85
85
85
167
200
430
115
50
85
260
85
419
260
345
6- Ø13 Fixing hole
ABW16
Side view
ABW16
Horizontal terminals
35
Disconnected & Test positions
Connected position
15
50
15
55
25
50
90
Insulation
barrier
350
6
Dimensions (mm)
97
41 18
133
270
15
2- Ø13
60
10
200
115
375
38.5
6- Ø13 Fixing hole
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
307
www.zest.co.za
ABW20...32 - 4P Fixed Version
ABW20...32
Front view
ABW20...32
Top view
493
304
115
189
115
115
75
280
20
270
320
300
165
25
45
Operating panel
center
35
20
4- Ø14 Fixing hole
523
12
319
12
204
547
547
ABW20...32
Side view
ABW20...32
Horizontal terminals
30
15
90
113
133
57 20
67
3- Ø13
35
Dimensions (mm)
270
20
25
75
25
15
Insulation
barrier
65
308
20
165
295
45
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
32.5
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
ABW20...32 - 4P Withdrawable Version
ABW20...32
Front view
ABW20...32
Bottom view
Operating panel center
57.5
115
206
115
115
200
430
115
75
115
260
115
260
375
375
4- Ø13 Fixing hole
527
ABW20...32
Side view
ABW20...32
Horizontal terminals
34
Disconnected & Test positions
Connected position
50
15
55
350
3- Ø13
Dimensions (mm)
6
41 18
97
133
270
20
25
25
90
Insulation
barrier
75
15
60
10
200
115
375
38.5
6- Ø13 Fixing hole
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
309
www.zest.co.za
ABW40...50 - 4P Fixed Version
ABW40...50
Front view
765
280
150
270
60
80
95
35
380
300
Operating panel
center
12
630
12
165
819
ABW40...50
Top view
190
190
190
20
165
45
125
4- Ø14 Fixing hole
795
819
ABW40...50
Side view
ABW40...50
Horizontal terminals
34
15
25
25
25
70 20
97
42 20
95
5- Ø13
65
20
165
295
310
45
67.5
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
125
20
193
83
270
Dimensions (mm)
25
70
20
15
90
Insulation
barrier
www.zest.co.za
ABW40...50 - 4P Withdrawable Version
ABW40...50
Front view
232.5
460
Operating panel center
260
205
260
799
ABW40...50
Bottom view
190
190
190
200
115
125
260
ABW40...50
Side view
ABW40...50
Horizontal terminals
34
55
15
36
25
25
25
193
380
42
97
41 18
110
133
83
20
25
A
270
110
30
70
20
90
Insulation
barrier
Dimensions (mm)
15
260
125
Disconnected & test
Connected
50
205
200
10
5- Ø13
115
375
63.5
6-Ø 13 Fixing hole
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
311
www.zest.co.za
ABW63 - 4P Fixed Version
ABW63
Front view
981
792
189
280
270
35
60
80
95
380
300
Operating panel
center
12
807
12
204
1035
ABW63
Top view
Ø )L[LQJ+ROH
ABW63
Side view
ABW63
Horizontal terminals
90
34
15
65
312
20
165
295
25
45
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
6-Ø 13
67.5
E&OE
150
25
25
97
25
18
42 20
95
70 20
Dimensions (mm)
25
193
83
20
270
70
20
15
Insulation
barrier
www.zest.co.za
ABW63 - 4P Withdrawable Version
ABW63
Front view
301.5
460
Operating panel center
260
343
260
1015
4-Ø13 Fixing hole
ABW63
Bottom view
244
244
244
200
115
150
260
343
ABW63
Side view
260
ABW63
Horizontal terminals
Didsconnected & test
Connected
34
50
15
55
25
Dimensions (mm)
25
380
193
25
20
41 18
110
83
270
A
110
70
20
25
25
90
Insulation
barrier
150
15
36
42
97
6- Ø13
200
10
115
375
63.5
6-Ø 13 Fixing hole
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
313
www.zest.co.za
Panel Cutout - Fixed Version
ABW16~32
10-Ø 9
100
170
108
293 (Panel cutout)
100
315 (Panel cutout)
165
165
Cradle bottom
ABW40~63
10-Ø 9
100
230
108
293 (Panel cutout)
100
315 (Panel cutout)
165
165
Dimensions (mm)
Cradle bottom
314
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Panel Cutout - Withdrawable Version
ABW16
G++,)2,"*=
DID)5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
ABW20~32
G++,)2,"*=
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
ABW40~50
G++,)2,"*=
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
ABW63
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
Dimensions (mm)
G++,)2,"*=
5P"'=7)$0#+0#>
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
\&#%9,"<"X7=),"$])X+##+*
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
315
www.zest.co.za
Dimensions (mm)
Minimum Distances
Undervoltage Time Delay Module ABW-UDC
Communication Modules ABW-CM o ABW-CP
Dimensions (mm)
Condenser Trip Device ABW-CTD
316
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Standard Conditions Of Agreement
1. The Customer agrees that (a) this Agreement represents the entire Agreement between the Customer and Zest Electric Motors (Pty) Ltd (hereinafter called Zest) and that no alterations or additions to this Agreement
may be effected unless agreed to by both parties, reduced to writing and
signed by the Customer and a duly authorised representative of Zest; (b)
this Agreement will govern all future contractual relationships between the
parties; (c) this Agreement is applicable to all existing debts and future
debts between the parties; (d) this Agreement is final and binding and is
not subject to any suspensive or resolutive terms or conditions; (e) any
conflicting conditions stipulated by the Customer are expressly excluded;
(f) these terms supersede all previous conditions of Agreement without
prejudice to any securities or guarantees held by Zest and (g) these terms
apply to all servants and subcontractors of Zest.
2.1 This Agreement only becomes final and binding on receipt and acceptance of this offer by Zest at its business address in Linbro Park.
2.2 Any order only becomes final and binding on receipt and acceptance
of such order by Zest at its business address per clause 2.1.
3. The signatory hereby binds himself / herself in his / her personal capacity
as Shareholder (in the case of a company), Member (in the case of a close
corporation) or Owner or Partner as co-debtor jointly and severally for the
full amount due to Zest and agrees that these Standard Conditions will
apply in the exact same way to him / her.
4. The Customer acknowledges that it does not rely on any representations made by Zest in regard to the goods and services or any of its
qualities leading up to this Agreement other than those contained in this
Agreement. All specifications, price lists, performance figures, advertisements, brochures and other technical data furnished by Zest in respect of
the goods or services orally or in writing will not form part of the Agreement
in any way unless agreed to in writing by Zest.
5.1 The Customer agrees that neither Zest nor any of its employees will be
liable for any negligent or innocent misrepresentations made to the Customer.
5.2 It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to determine that the goods
or services ordered are suitable for the purposes of intended use.
5.3 The Customer agrees to pay all additional costs resulting from any acts
or omissions by the Customer including suspension of work, modification
of requirements, failure or delay in giving particulars required to enable
work to proceed on schedule or requirements that work be completed
earlier than agreed.
5.4 Zest reserves the right at its sole discretion to provide alternative goods
of the same quality and quantity at the prevailing prices to those ordered
by the Customer should such goods be superseded, replaced or their
manufacture terminated.
6.1 All quotations will remain valid for a period of 60 days from the date
of the quotation or until the date of issue of a new Price List, whichever
occurs first.
6.2 All quotations are subject to the availability of the goods or services
and subject to correction of good faith errors by Zest and the prices quoted are subject to any increases in the cost price, including currency fluctuations, of Zest before acceptance of the order.
6.3 If the Customer disputes the amount of increase, the amount of the
increase may be certified by any independent auditor and such certificate
shall be final and binding on the Customer.
6.4 The Customer hereby confirms that the goods or services on any Tax
Invoice issued duly represent the goods or services ordered by the Customer at the prices agreed to by the Customer and, where delivery / performance has already taken place, that the goods or services were inspected
and that the Customer is satisfied that these conform in all respects to the
quality and quantity ordered and are free from any defects.
6.5 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 1 above, all orders or agreed
variations to orders, whether orally or in writing, shall be binding and subject to these Standard Conditions of Agreement and may not be revoked
by the Customer.
6.6 Zest shall be entitled in its sole discretion to split the delivery / performance of the goods or services ordered in the quantities and on the dates
it decides.
6.7 Zest shall be entitled to invoice each delivery / performance actually
made separately.
6.8 Any delivery note, waybill or job card (copy or original) signed by the
Customer or a third party engaged to transport the goods and held by Zest
shall be prima facie proof that delivery was made to the Customer.
6.9 The risk of damage to, destruction or theft of goods shall pass to the
Customer on acceptance of any order placed in terms of this Agreement
and the Customer undertakes to comprehensively insure the goods until
320
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
paid for in full. Zest may recover insurance premiums from the Customer
for such ordered and uninsured goods.
6.10 Delivery and performance times quoted are merely estimates and are
not binding on Zest.
6.11 If Zest agrees to engage a third party to transport the goods, Zest is
hereby authorised to engage a third party on the Customer's behalf and on
the terms deemed fit by Zest.
6.12 The Customer indemnifies Zest against any claims against Zest that
may arise from such agreement in clause 6.11.
6.13 Repair times and repair costs given are merely estimates and are not
binding on Zest
6.14 Any item handed in for repair may be sold by Zest to defray the cost
of such repairs if the item remains uncollected within 30 days of the repairs
being completed.
6.15 All goods taken on an evaluation, approval or demonstration basis
by the Customer are deemed sold if not returned within 7 days of issue
in the original condition, in the original packaging and with all accessories
and manuals intact.
6.16 The Customer acknowledges that it remains liable for VAT payment
as per the Tax Invoice unless the necessary exemption certificate has been
lodged with Zest.
6.17 In the event of the Customer being unable or unwilling to view and
accept final drawings of custom ordered goods, the drawings will be deemed correct and accepted unless otherwise indicated by the Customer in
writing within 5 days of such proof being sent to the Customer.
7.1 New goods are guaranteed according to the Manufacturer's product
specific warranties only
and all other guarantees including common law guarantees are hereby
specifically excluded.
Services carry no guarantee.
7.2 Liability under clause 7.1 is restricted to the cost of repair or replacement of faulty goods or services or granting of a credit at the sole discretion
of Zest.
7.3 No claim under this Agreement shall arise unless the Customer has,
within 3 days of an alleged breach of contract and/or defect occurring,
given Zest written notice by prepaid registered post of such breach or
defect, and has afforded Zest at least 30 days to rectify such defect or
breach.
7.4 To be valid, claims must be supported by the original Tax Invoice.
7.5 The Customer shall return any defective moveable goods to the premises of Zest at the Customer's own cost and packed in the original or
suitable packaging and all risks for the duration of repair remain with the
Customer.
7.6 All guarantees are immediately null and void should any goods be tampered with or should the seals on goods be broken by anyone other than
Zest or should the goods be used or stored outside the Manufacturer's
specifications.
8.1 Under no circumstances shall Zest be liable for any consequential damages including loss of profits or for any delictual liability of any nature
whatsoever whether caused negligently or innocently.
8.2 Under no circumstances shall Zest be liable for any damage arising
from any misuse, abuse or neglect of the goods or services.
9. Delivery of the goods or services to the Customer shall take place at the
place of business of Zest.
10.1 The Customer agrees that the amount contained in a Tax Invoice
issued by Zest shall be due and payable unconditionally (a) cash on order;
or (b) if the Customer is a Credit Approved Customer, within 30 days from
the end of the month in which a Tax Invoice has been issued by Zest.
10.2 The Customer agrees to pay the amount on the Tax Invoice at the
offices of Zest.
10.3 The risk of payment by cheque through the post rests with the Customer.
11.1 The Customer has no right to withhold payment for any reason whatsoever and agrees that no extension of payment of any nature shall be
extended to the Customer and any such extension will not be applicable
or enforceable unless agreed to by Zest, reduced to writing and signed by
the Customer and a duly authorised representative of Zest.
11.2 The Customer is not entitled to set off any amount due to the Customer by Zest against this debt.
11.3 All discounts shall be forfeited if payment in full is not made on the
due date.
12.1 The Customer agrees that the amount due and payable to Zest may
be determined and proven by a certificate issued and signed by any director or manager of Zest, whose authority need not be proven or by any
E&OE
www.zest.co.za
Standard Conditions Of Agreement
independent auditor. Such certificate shall be binding and shall be prima
facie proof of the indebtedness of the Customer.
12.2 Any printout of computer evidence tendered by any party shall be
admissible evidence and no party shall object to the admissibility of such
evidence purely on grounds that such evidence is computer evidence or
that the requirements of the Electronic Communications and Transactions
Act 25 of 2002 have not been met.
13.1 The Customer agrees that interest shall be payable at the maximum
legal interest rate prescribed by the National Credit Act 34 of 2005 if that
Act is applicable, or at double the repo-rate as declared by the Reserve
Bank from time to time if that Act is not applicable, on any moneys past
due date to Zest and that interest shall be calculated daily and compounded monthly from the date of acceptance of the order.
13.2 The Customer expressly agrees that no debt owed to Zest by the
Customer shall become prescribed before the passing of a period of six
years from the date the debt falls due.
14.1 The Customer agrees that if an account is not settled in full (a) against
order; or (b) within the period agreed in clause 10.1 above in the case of
a Credit Approved Customer; Zest is: (i) entitled to immediately institute
action against the Customer at the sole expense of the Customer; or (ii)
to cancel the Agreement and take possession of any goods delivered to
the Customer and claim damages. These remedies are without prejudice
to any other right Zest may be entitled to in terms of this Agreement or in
law. Zest reserves its right to stop supply immediately on cancellation or
on non-payment.
14.2 A Credit Approved Customer will forthwith lose this approval when
payment is not made according to the conditions of clause 10.1(b) and
all amounts then outstanding shall immediately become due and payable.
14.3 Zest shall be entitled to withdraw credit facilities at any time within its
sole discretion.
15.1 In the event of cancellation, the Customer shall be liable to pay (a)
the difference between the selling price and the value of the goods at the
time of repossession and (b) all other costs incurred in the repossession of
the goods. The value of repossessed or retained pledged goods shall be
deemed to be the value placed on them by any sworn valuator after such
repossession, and such valuation shall be conclusive proof of the value. If
the goods are not recovered for any reason whatsoever, the value shall be
deemed to be nil.
15.2 In the event of cancellation of the Agreement by Zest, it shall be entitled to repossess any goods that have been delivered to the Customer and
remains unpaid by the due date.
15.3 In the event of cancellation of the Agreement by Zest, it is entitled
not to produce any unmade balance of a contract and to recover any loss
sustained thereby from the Customer.
16.1 All goods supplied by Zest remain the property of Zest until such
goods have been fully paid for whether such goods are attached to other
property or not.
16.2 The Customer is not entitled to sell or dispose of any goods unpaid
for without the prior written consent of Zest. The Customer shall not allow
the goods to become encumbered in any manner prior to the full payment
thereof and shall advise third parties of the rights of Zest in the goods.
16.3 If any goods supplied to the Customer are of a generic nature and
have become the property of the Customer by operation of law (confusio
or commixtio) the Customer shall be obliged on notice of cancellation of
the Agreement to retransfer the same quantity of goods in ownership to
Zest.
17.1 The Customer shall be liable to Zest for all legal expenses on the attorney-and-own-client scale incurred by Zest in the event of (a) any default
by the Customer or (b) any litigation in regard to the validity and enforceability of this Agreement. The Customer shall also be liable for any tracing, collection or valuation fees incurred as well as for any costs, including stamp
duties, for any form of security that Zest may demand.
17.2 The Customer agrees that Zest will not be required to furnish security
in terms of Rule 62 of the Rules of Court of the Magistrate's Courts or in
terms of Rule 47 of the Law of the Supreme Court 59 of 1959.
18. The Customer agrees that no indulgence whatsoever by Zest will affect
the terms of this Agreement or any of the rights of Zest and such indulgence shall not constitute a waiver by Zest in respect of any of its rights herein.
Under no circumstances will Zest be estopped from exercising any of its
rights in terms of this Agreement.
19. The Customer hereby consents that Zest shall have the right to institute any legal action in either the Magistrate's Court or the Witwatersrand
Local Division of the High Court at its sole discretion. These South African
courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction in any litigation between the parties
arising from whatsoever source.
20.1 Any document shall be deemed duly presented to and accepted by
the Customer (i) within 5 days of prepaid registered mail to any of the
Customer's business or postal addresses or to the personal address of
any director, member or owner of the Customer; or (ii) within 24 hours
of being faxed to any of the Customer's fax numbers or any director,
member's or owner's fax numbers; or (iii) on being delivered by hand to
the Customer or any director, member or owner of the Customer; or (iv)
within 48 hours if sent by overnight courier or (v) within 7 days of being
sent by surface mail; or (vi) within 24 hours of being e-mailed to any e-mail
address provided by the Customer.
20.2 The Customer chooses its address for any notification or service of
legal documents or processes as the business address or the physical
addresses (domicilium citandi et executandi) of any Director (in the case of
a company), Member (in the case of a close corporation) or of the Owner(s)
or Partner(s).
20.3 The Customer undertakes to inform Zest in writing within 7 days of
any change of Director, Member, Shareholder, Owner or Partner or address
or 14 days prior to selling or alienating the Customer’s business and failure
to do so will constitute a material breach of this Agreement. Upon receipt
of such written notification, Zest reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to
withdraw any credit facility advanced to the Customer.
20.4 The Customer hereby consents to the storage and use by Zest of the
personal information that it has provided to Zest for establishing its credit
rating and to Zest disclosing such information to credit control companies,
banks and other institutions involved in rating credit. The Customer agrees
that Zest will not be held liable for the good faith disclosure of any of this
information to such third parties and that no further specific consent needs
to be obtained for the transfer of such information to a specific third party.
21. The Customer agrees to the Standard Rates of Zest for any goods or
services rendered, which rates may be obtained on request.
22. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from the other provisions. Should any provision be found to be invalid or unenforceable for
any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless
remain binding and continue with full force and effect.
23. Any order is subject to cancellation by Zest due to acts of God or any
circumstance beyond the control of Zest, including (without restricting this
clause to these instances): inability to secure labour, power, materials or
supplies, war, civil disturbance, riot, state of emergency, strike, lockout, or
other labour disputes, fire, flood, drought or legislation.
24. Any order is subject to cancellation by Zest if the Customer breaches
any term of this Agreement or makes any attempt of compromise, liquidation, sequestration, termination or judgement is recorded against the
Customer or any of its principals.
25. The Customer agrees that Zest will be immediately and irrevocably
released from any contractual damages and penalty obligations should
any event in clause 23 or 24 occur.
26. This Agreement and its interpretation is subject to South African law.
E&OE
Low Voltage Switch & Control Gear
321